Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • BSZ  (248)
  • München BSB
  • Online Resource  (248)
  • Article
  • 2025-2025
  • 2010-2014  (248)
  • Dordrecht : Springer  (248)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
  • 1
    ISBN: 9789400770638
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (104 p)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Springerbriefs in History of Science and Technology
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in History of Science and Technology Ser.
    Parallel Title: Print version The Machines of Sex Research : Technology and the Politics of Identity, 1945-1985
    DDC: 306.7072
    Keywords: Sexology ; Research ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: The Machines of Sex Research describes how researchers worldwide integrated technology into studies of human sexuality in the postwar era. The machines they invented made new ways of seeing bodies possible. Some researchers who studied men used machines like penile strain gauges to police ""deviant"" male sexuality; others used less painful devices like penis-cameras to study women's sexual responses and map the physiology of their arousal and orgasm. While researchers used the findings from their technological innovations to propose their own views of how people should view their bodies and s
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgments; Contents; 1 The Machines of Sex Research; Abstract; Chapter Overview; Theoretical Background; Historical Background; References; 2 The Penile Strain Gauge and Aversion Therapy: Measuring and Fixing the Sexual Body; Abstract; Historical Background; The Sex Research Laboratory; Aversion Therapy; Resistance; Conclusion; 3 The Couples Laboratory and the Penis-Camera: Seeking the Source of Orgasm; Abstract; The Visible Body in the Laboratory; What the Machines Discovered about the Sexual Body; Criticizing the Mechanization of Sexuality; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 The Vaginal Photoplethysmograph and Devices for Women: Gauging Female ArousalAbstract; Measure for Measure: Inventing Machines for Female Sexual Response; The Vaginal Photoplethysmograph, the Labial Clip, and the Thermograph; Conclusion; References; 5 Conclusion: The Future of Human Sex Research Technologies; Abstract; References
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9789400775954 , 9400775954 , 9789400775961 , 9400775962
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 196 p.) , ill. , 24 cm.
    DDC: 306.0
    Keywords: Health Status Indicators ; Health Surveys ; Europe ; Statistics ; Tables
    Note: Includes bibliographical references (p. 189-192) and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    ISBN: 9401786070 , 9789401786072
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in well-being and quality of life research
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Well-Being and Quality of Life Research Ser.
    Parallel Title: Print version Flourishing children
    DDC: 155.5180287
    Keywords: Developmental psychology ; Behavioral assessment of teenagers ; Adolescent psychology ; Behavioral assessment of teenagers.. ; Adolescent psychology.. ; Developmental psychology ; Electronic books
    Abstract: This volume presents the results of the Flourishing Children Project. The study addressed gaps in the research on indicators of positive development of adolescents. Such indicators are essential for the balanced and scientifically sound study of adolescents. Yet measures of many aspects of flourishing are not available, and when they do exist, they are rarely measured in a developmentally appropriate manner for adolescents. In addition, they are often too long for program evaluations and surveys, have not been tested on diverse populations, nor carefully validated as predictors of positive out
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Abstract; 1 Studying Aspects of Flourishing Among Adolescents; 1.1…Introduction to the Project; 1.1.1 Why Measure What Adolescents Need to Flourish?; 1.2…Overview of Project Activities; 1.2.1 Item Development and Review; 1.2.2 Cognitive Interviews; 1.2.3 Pilot Test; 1.2.4 Psychometric Work; 1.3…Conceptual Framework and Constructs; 1.4…Constructs; 1.4.1 Relationship Skills; 1.4.1.1 Empathy; 1.4.1.2 Social Competence; 1.4.2 Flourishing in Relationships; 1.4.2.1 Parent-Adolescent Relationship; 1.4.2.2 Peer Friendship; 1.4.3 Flourishing in School and Work
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4.3.1 Diligence and Reliability1.4.3.2 Educational Engagement; 1.4.3.3 Initiative Taking; 1.4.3.4 Thrift; 1.4.3.5 Trustworthiness and Integrity; 1.4.4 Helping Others to Flourish; 1.4.4.1 Altruism; 1.4.4.2 Generosity/Helping Family and Friends; 1.4.5 Environmental Stewardship; 1.4.5.1 Environmental Stewardship; 1.4.6 Personal Flourishing; 1.4.6.1 Forgiveness; 1.4.6.2 Goal Orientation; 1.4.6.3 Gratitude; 1.4.6.4 Hope; 1.4.6.5 Life Satisfaction; 1.4.6.6 Purpose; 1.4.6.7 Spirituality; References; 2 Cognitive Interviews: Designing Survey Questions for Adolescents; 2.1…Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.1 Rationale for Cognitive Testing2.1.2 What is Cognitive Interviewing?; 2.1.3 Research on Developing Survey Questions for Adolescents; 2.1.4 Research on Surveying with Parents as Proxy Reporters; 2.1.5 Best Practices for Survey-Item Development; 2.2…Method; 2.2.1 Recruitment; 2.2.2 Sample; 2.2.3 Study Design; 2.2.4 Study Procedures; 2.2.5 Protocols; 2.2.6 Data Analysis; 2.3…Results; 2.3.1 Lesson 1: Reference Groups; 2.3.2 Lesson 2: Construct Selection; 2.3.3 Lesson 3: Clarity of Items; 2.3.4 Lesson 4: Item Salience; 2.3.5 Lesson 5: Parent Reports; 2.3.6 Lesson 6: Response Variability
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.7 Lesson 7: Developing Congruent Response Options2.4…Discussion; References; 3 Pilot Study and Psychometric Analyses; 3.1…Pilot Study Introduction; 3.1.1 Recruitment; 3.1.2 Procedures; 3.1.3 Incentives; 3.1.4 Survey; 3.2…Psychometric Analyses; 3.2.1 Overview of Psychometric Analyses; 3.2.2 Subgroups; 3.2.3 Construct Validity; 3.3…Results; 3.3.1 Relationship Skills; 3.3.1.1 Empathy; 3.3.1.2 Social Competence; 3.3.2 Flourishing in Relationships; 3.3.2.1 Parent-Adolescent Relationship; 3.3.2.2 Peer Friendship; 3.3.3 Flourishing in School and Work; 3.3.3.1 Diligence and Reliability
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.3.2 Educational Engagement3.3.3.3 Initiative Taking; 3.3.3.4 Thrift; 3.3.3.5 Trustworthiness and Integrity; 3.3.4 Helping Others to Flourish; 3.3.4.1 Altruism; 3.3.4.2 Generosity/Helping Family and Friends; 3.3.5 Environmental Stewardship; 3.3.5.1 Environmental Stewardship; 3.3.6 Personal Flourishing; 3.3.6.1 Forgiveness; 3.3.6.2 Goal Orientation; 3.3.6.3 Gratitude; 3.3.6.4 Hope; 3.3.6.5 Life Satisfaction; 3.3.6.6 Purpose; 3.3.6.7 Spirituality; 3.4…Discussion; 3.5…Conclusions; References
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    ISBN: 9789400779143
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 248 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology Volume 17
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The moral status of technical artefacts
    DDC: 303.483
    RVK:
    Keywords: Technology -- Social aspects ; Engineering design -- Philosophy ; Technology ; Social aspects ; Engineering design ; Philosophy ; Electronic books ; Engineering ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science ; Technology ; Technik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Technik
    Abstract: This book considers the question: to what extent does it make sense to qualify technical artefacts as moral entities? The authors' contributions trace recent proposals and topics including instrumental and non-instrumental values of artefacts, agency and artefactual agency, values in and around technologies, and the moral significance of technology. The editors' introduction explains that as 'agents' rather than simply passive instruments, technical artefacts may actively influence their users, changing the way they perceive the world, the way they act in the world and the way they interact with each other. This volume features the work of various experts from around the world, representing a variety of positions on the topic. Contributions explore the contested discourse on agency in humans and artefacts, defend the Value Neutrality Thesis by arguing that technological artefacts do not contain, have or exhibit values, or argue that moral agency involves both human and non-human elements.The book also investigates technological fields that are subject to negative moral valuations due to the harmful effects of some of their products. It includes an analysis of some difficulties arising in Artificial Intelligence and an exploration of values in Chemistry and in Engineering. The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts is an advanced exploration of the various dimensions of the relations between technology and morality.
    Abstract: Intro -- Contents -- Chapter 1: Introduction: The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts -- Reference -- Chapter 2: Agency in Humans and in Artifacts: A Contested Discourse -- 2.1 Intentions, Ethics, and Artifacts -- 2.2 Artifacts with Secondary Agency -- 2.3 Artifacts as Delegated Agents -- 2.4 Artifacts and Cultures -- 2.5 Questioning Conclusions -- References -- Chapter 3: Towards a Post-human Intra-actional Account of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality) -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Making Sense of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality) -- 3.2.1 The Inter-actional Human-Centred Account of Sociomaterial Agency -- 3.2.2 The Intra-actional Post-humanist Account of Sociomaterial Agency -- 3.3 Figuring Intra-actional Agency in the Plagiarism Detection Phenomenon -- 3.3.1 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Reconstitution of Writing and Authorship -- 3.3.2 The Emergence of the Phenomenon of Plagiarism -- 3.3.3 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Constitution of the Plagiarist -- 3.3.4 PDS, Education and the Production of Intellectual Property -- 3.4 Intra-actional Agency and Disclosive Ethics -- 3.4.1 Disclosive Archaeology of Phenomena -- 3.4.2 Towards Intra-actional Responsibility -- References -- Chapter 4: Which Came First, the Doer or the Deed? -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Individualism -- 4.3 A Modernist Frame -- 4.4 Composite Agency -- 4.5 A Postmodernist Frame -- 4.6 Zooming Out -- 4.7 Conclusion -- References -- Chapter 5: Some Misunderstandings About the Moral Significance of Technology -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Do Artifacts Have Morality? -- 5.3 Do Artifacts Have Agency? -- 5.4 Can Things Have Intentionality? -- 5.5 Can Freedom Be Technologically Mediated? -- 5.6 Conclusion: Is There a Symmetry Between Humans and Technologies? -- References -- Chapter 6: "Guns Don't Kill, People Kill" -- Values in and/or Around Technologies -- 6.1 Introduction.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references at the end of each chapters. Description based on print version record
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9789400773981
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium 28
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Federalism and legal unification
    RVK:
    Keywords: Constitutional law ; Law ; Föderalismus ; Rechtseinheit ; Verfassungsrecht ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: How and to what degree do federations produce uniform law within their system? This comparative empirical study addresses these questions comprehensively for the first time. Originally produced under the auspices of the International Academy of Comparative Law, this volume examines legal unification in twenty federations around the world. Each of the successive chapters presents the forces of unification through the lens of a particular federal system. A comparative overview chapter provides a detailed analysis of the overall results with compelling visual illustrations of legal unification along different dimensions (e.g. by area of law; by federation; by civil vs common law system). The overview chapter summarizes and analyzes the means and methods of legal unification and the degree of legal unification of each system, and explains the driving forces of legal unity and diversity in federations more generally. The volume presents surprising findings that should make scholars rethink their abandonment of the civil law vs. common law distinction in comparative law. This book is a milestone in the study of federalism. It is a rare and welcome melding of comparative law and comparative politics using both original data and qualitative analysis. Wide-ranging, probing, and definitive, this book is an invaluable resource for students of law, politics, and multi-level governance. Gary Marks, Burton Craige Professor, UNC-Chapel Hill, and Chair in Multilevel Governance, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    ISBN: 9789400772724
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (292 pages) , illustrations.
    Series Statement: Philosophical Studies in Contemporary Culture 23
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy, Modern ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Konferenzschrift
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed December 16, 2013)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    ISBN: 9789400769670
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 746 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in the History of Philosophy of Mind 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Sourcebook for the history of the philosophy of mind
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Sourcebook for the History of the Philosophy of Mind : Philosophical Psychology from Plato to Kant
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, medieval ; Philosophy of mind ; Psychology History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy of Mind ; Geschichte ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Fresh translations of key texts, exhaustive coverage from Plato to Kant, and detailed commentary by expert scholars of philosophy add up to make this sourcebook the first and most comprehensive account of the history of the philosophy of mind. Published at a time when the philosophy of mind and philosophical psychology are high-profile domains in current research, the volume will inform our understanding of philosophical questions by shedding light on the origins of core conceptual assumptions often arrived at before the instauration of psychology as a recognized subject in its own right. The chapters closely follow historical developments in our understanding of the mind, with sections dedicated to ancient, medieval Latin and Arabic, and early modern periods of development. The volume’s structural clarity enables readers to trace the entire progression of philosophical understanding on specific topics related to the mind, such as the nature of perception. Doing so reveals the fascinating contrasts between current and historical approaches. In addition to its all-inclusive source material, the volume provides subtle expert commentary that includes critical introductions to each thematic section as well as detailed engagement with the central texts. A voluminous bibliography includes hundreds of primary and secondary sources. The sheer scale of this new publication sheds light on the progression, and discontinuities, in our study of the philosophy of mind, and represents a major new sourcebook in a field of extreme importance to our understanding of humanity as a whole
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9789048139316
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 353 p. 46 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Teaching Science and Investigating Environmental Issues with Geospatial Technology
    Keywords: Geographical information systems ; Science Study and teaching ; Education
    Abstract: This book provides research-grounded and practically-minded insights into teacher professional development in support of integrating GIS and other geospatial technologies into K-12 science teaching. In this volume 50 designers, educators and researchers share their experiences, knowledge, and lessons learned from a wide variety of projects. Readers will find a myriad of ideas and perspectives that they can apply to their own teacher professional development projects, as they work to provide students with engaging opportunities for learning science. Geospatial technologies enable teachers to teach in fundamentally new ways, building student interest and skill through active engagement in critical thinking and project or inquiry-based learning. Students are naturally drawn to looking at landscapes and interpreting features through analysis of both shape and form. Given the chance to manipulate spatial data, students revel in deciphering mysteries, exploring scientific explanations, and linking causes with consequences. The passion and interest demonstrated by students using geospatial tools has motivated an increasing number of K-12 teachers to embrace the use of these technologies for teaching and learning science. Given the nature and complexity of these tools, high quality professional development is essential for providing teachers with the support and guidance they need to use geospatial technologies effectively. This book will be of special interest to scientists, geographers, and science educators who are designing or delivering teacher professional development in support of teaching with technology. The case studies make it possible for readers to identify specific paths forward regarding both research and practice. GIS and other geospatial technologies offer teachers an effective way to engage students in the analysis of authentic data in ways called for by the Next Generation Science Standards and the National Geography Standards. With the improvements in the usability of the tools, the time is right to bring GIS and other geospatial technologies into all K-12 classrooms. The chapters in this book will enable teachers and teacher educators to make that happen. Daniel C. Edelson, Ph.D., Vice President for Education, National Geographic Society While increasing numbers of people use basic geospatial technologies, their power to enliven science has not yet been explored by most educators. This robust and thoughtful compilation focuses on how to supp ...
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    ISBN: 9789400770829
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 280 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advances in Business Ethics Research, A Journal of Business Ethics Book Series 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Accounting for the public interest
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Auditing ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Auditing ; Rechnungslegung ; Ethik ; Rechnungslegung ; Ethik
    Abstract: This volume explores the opportunities and challenges facing the accounting profession in an increasingly globalized business and financial reporting environment. It looks back at past experiences of the profession in attempting to meet its public interest obligation. It examines the role and responsibilities of accounting to society including regulatory requirements, increased emphasis on corporate social responsibility, accounting fraud and whistle-blowing implications, internationalization of public interest obligations, and providing the education needed to be successful. The book incorporates an ethical dimension in making these assessments. Its focus is a conceptual, theoretical one drawing on classical philosophy, the sociology of professions, economic theory, and the public interest dimension of accountants as professionals. The authors of papers are long-time contributors to the annual symposium on Research in Accounting Ethics sponsored by the Public Interest Section of the AAA.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    ISBN: 9789400774070
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 227 p. 4 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 302
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The institution of science and the science of institutions
    Keywords: Science History ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Medicine ; Science, general ; Science History ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Medicine ; Ben-Daṿid, Yosef 1920-1986 ; Wissenschaft
    Abstract: The present anthology, edited by Marcel Herbst, is partially based on a conference, held in 2009, to reflect on the legacy of Ben-David, and contains a selection of substantially revised papers, plus four contributions specifically written for this volume. The book focuses on three major lines of Ben-David’s research, namely “Center and Periphery” (Part I), “Role and Ethos” (Part II), and “Organization and Growth” (Part III). In addition, comprehensive introductory (“Prologue”) and concluding chapters (“Epilogue”, Part IV) by Marcel Herbst are provided. The volume addresses the following disciplines: higher education, history and sociology of science, philosophy of science, history of medicine, public administration, policy studies, Jewish studies, and economics. The anthology is one of two new publications on Joseph Ben-David after the special Minerva edition Vol. 25, Numbers 1-2, March 1987, and Gad Freudenthal’s collection of Ben-David’s writings [1991]. The text can be used in graduate studies, it addresses higher education professionals or public officials, and serves as a gateway to researchers in the field of higher education, science studies, or policy sciences
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceI Prologue 1 -- 1 Introduſtion; Marcel Herbst -- 2 Academic Organization and Scientific Produſtivity; Marcel Herbst -- II Role and Ethos -- 3 On Sociology of Knowledge and Politics of Freedom; Yaron Ezrahi -- 4 The Scientists’ Role and Medical Innovations; Ilana Löwy -- 5 Clinical Praſtice and Clinical Research; George Weisz -- III Center and Periphery -- 6 Faded Grandeur: the German Academic System; Richard Münch -- 7 The Scion and its Tree; Shaul Katz -- IV Organization and Growth -- 8 The Excellence of IT; Andrew Abbott -- 9 Lessons Learned from the Study of Collaborations; Ivan Chompalov -- V Epilogue -- 10 The Legacy of Joseph Ben-David; Marcel Herbst -- Contributors -- Index.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    ISBN: 9789400769342
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 372 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in the Philosophy of Sociality 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Institutions, emotions, and group agents
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Sozialphilosophie ; Ontologie ; Gruppe ; Institution ; Sozialphilosophie ; Gruppe ; Institution
    Abstract: The contributions gathered in this volume present the state of the art in key areas of current social ontology. They focus on the role of collective intentional states in creating social facts, and on the nature of intentional properties of groups that allow characterizing them as responsible agents, or perhaps even as persons. Many of the essays are inspired by contemporary action theory, emotion theory, and theories of collective intentionality. Another group of essays revisits early phenomenological approaches to social ontology and accounts of sociality that draw on the Hegelian idea of recognition. This volume is organized into three parts. First, the volume discusses themes highlighted in John Searle’s work and addresses questions concerning the relation between intentions and the deontic powers of institutions, the role of disagreement, and the nature of collective intentionality. Next, the book focuses on joint and collective emotions and mutual recognition, and then goes on to explore the scope and limits of group agency, or group personhood, especially the capacity for responsible agency. The variety of philosophical traditions mirrored in this collection provides readers with a rich and multifaceted survey of present research in social ontology. It will help readers deepen their understanding of three interrelated and core topics in social ontology: the constitution and structure of institutions, the role of shared evaluative attitudes, and the nature and role of group agents
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsChapter 1. Introduction: Contributions to Social Ontology-Institutions, Emotions, and Group Agents; Anita Konzelmann Ziv and Hans Bernhard Schmid -- Part I: Intentionality and Institutions -- Chapter 2. Document Acts; Barry Smith -- Chapter 3. Searlean Reflections on Sacred Mountains; Filip Buekens -- Chapter 4. Social Objects without Intentions; Brian Epstein -- Chapter 5. The Logical Form of Totalitarianism; Jennifer Hudin -- Chapter 6. Groups, Normativity and Disagreement; Rodrigo E. Sànchaz Brigido -- Chapter 7. Joint Actions, Social Institutions and Collective Goods: A Teleological Account; Seumas Miller -- Chapter 8. Three Types of Heterotropic Intentionality: A Taxonomy in Social Ontology; Francesca De Vecchi -- Part II: Shared Emotions and Recognition -- Chapter 9. Emergence and Empathy; Ronald De Sousa -- Chapter 10. The Functions of Collective Emotions in Social Groups; Mikko Salmela -- Chapter 11. Feelings of Being-Together and Caring With; H. Andrés Sànchez Guerrero -- Chapter 12. Joining the Background: Habitual Sentiments behind We-Intentionality; Emanuele Caminada -- Chapter 13. Collective Intentionality and Recognition from Others; Arto Laitinen -- Chapter 14. The Conditions of Collectivity: Joint Commitment and the Shared Norms of Membership; Titus Stahl -- Part III: Collective Reasons and Group Agency -- Chapter 15. Acting Over Time, Acting Together; Michael E. Bratman -- Chapter 16. How Where We Stand Constrains Where I Stand: Applying Bratman’s Account of Self-Governance to Collective Action; Joseph Kisolo-Ssonko -- Chapter 17. Team Reasoning and Shared Intention; Abraham Sesshu Roth -- Chapter 18. Collective Intentionality and Practical Reason; Juliette Gloor -- Chapter 19. The SANE Approach to Real Collective Responsibility; Sara Chant -- Chapter 20. Are Individualist Accounts of Collective Responsibility Morally Deficient?; András Szigeti -- Chapter 21. Can Groups Be Autonomous Rational Agents? A Challenge to the List-Pettit-Theory; Vuko Andric -- Chapter 22. Direct and Indirect Common Belief; Emiliano Lorini and Andreas Herzig.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9789400776517
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 295 p. 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Educational tests and measurements ; Education
    Abstract: This book offers valuable guidance for science teacher educators looking for ways to facilitate preservice and inservice teachers’ pedagogy relative to teaching students from underrepresented and underserved populations in the science classroom. It also provides solutions that will better equip science teachers of underrepresented student populations with effective strategies that challenge the status quo, and foster classrooms environment that promotes equity and social justice for all of their science students. Multicultural Science Education illuminates historically persistent, yet unresolved issues in science teacher education from the perspectives of a remarkable group of science teacher educators and presents research that has been done to address these issues. It centers on research findings on underserved and underrepresented groups of students and presents frameworks, perspectives, and paradigms that have implications for transforming science teacher education. In addition, the chapters provide an analysis of the socio-cultural-political consequences in the ways in which science teacher education is theoretically conceptualized and operationalized in the United States. The book provides teacher educators with a framework for teaching through a lens of equity and social justice, one that may very well help teachers enhance the participation of students from traditionally underrepresented and underserved groups in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) areas and help them realize their full potential in science. Moreover, science educators will find this book useful for professional development workshops and seminars for both novice and veteran science teachers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer | Ann Arbor, Michigan : Proquest
    ISBN: 9789400770522 , 9781299876613
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 213 Seiten)
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Soziale Norm ; Kriminalitätstheorie ; Modellierung ; Methode
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    ISBN: 9783319016863
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIX, 151 p. 8 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Reinhard-DeRoo, Matthias Beneficial ownership
    RVK:
    Keywords: Humanities ; Anthropology ; Law ; Law ; Humanities ; Anthropology
    Abstract: The hunt for beneficial owners is on. Like an elephant, the beneficial owner hides in the jungle of complex legal structures, waiting to be discovered by eager prosecutors. But what lies behind this metaphor? What is a Beneficial Owner? Is beneficial ownership a right? What does this right encompass? What is the value of this right compared to other rights? And if beneficial ownership is not a right, is it still a legally relevant relation? How do courts, namely the U.S. Supreme Court deal with the concept? When do Anglo-American judges and European scholars resort to the concept? This book approaches these questions from two perspectives: legal fundamentals and the field of U.S. federal Indian law. Both legal theories and case law are scrutinized with the aim to find a better understanding of the basic conception and characteristics of beneficial ownership. Federal Indian law has been chosen for the study of the concrete implications of the beneficial ownership concept in what Roscoe Pound referred to as “the law in action.” To some, this choice of legal field might seem somewhat unusual. What answers could federal Indian law possibly offer with regard to pressing questions from the financial industry? As always, there is a short and a long answer. The short answer is that the analysis of an equally sophisticated field of law can open new perspectives on a given field of law. For example, not only potential criminals and tax evaders but also members of an older civilization are beneficial owners. The long answer can be found in this very book
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionThe Term Beneficial Ownership -- Beneficial Ownership as a Concept -- Common Law, Equity and Beneficial Ownership -- Beneficial Ownership Used in U.S. Supreme Court Decisions -- Fundamental Aspects of Federal Indian Law -- The Beneficial Ownership Concept Applied in Federal Indian Law -- Epilogue.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    ISBN: 9789400765559
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XLIX, 1256 p. 26 illus., 17 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Springer International Handbooks of Education 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Education
    Abstract: The International Handbook on Educational Leadership and Social (In)Justice creates a first-of-its-kind international forum on conceptualizing the meanings of social justice and leadership, research approaches in studying social justice and combating social injustices, school, university and teacher leadership for social justice, advocacy and advocates for social justice, socio-cultural representations of social injustices, glocal policies, and leadership development as interventions. The Handbook is as much forward-looking as it is a retrospective review of educational research literatures on social justice from a variety of educational subfields including educational leadership, higher education academic networks, special education, health education, teacher education, professional development, policy analyses, and multicultural education. The Handbook celebrates the promises of social justice while providing the educational leadership research community with concrete, contextualized illustrations on how to address inequities and combat social, political and economic injustices through the processes of education in societies and educational institutions around the world
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    ISBN: 9789400760349
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 281 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contributions to Phenomenology 68
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Schutzian phenomenology and hermeneutic traditions
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Social sciences Methodology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Social sciences Methodology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hermeneutik ; Phänomenologische Soziologie ; Schütz, Alfred 1899-1959 ; Hermeneutik ; Phänomenologische Soziologie ; Schütz, Alfred 1899-1959
    Abstract: Schutzian Phenomenology and Hermeneutic Traditions links Alfred Schutz to the larger hermeneutic tradition in Continental thought, illuminating the deep affinity between Schutzian phenomenology and hermeneutics. The essays collected here explore a broad spectrum of Schutzian themes and concerns, from Schutz’s concrete affinities to hermeneutic traditions, his interpretationism and the pragmatist nature of Schutz’s thought, to questions concerning the role of the media and music in our understanding of the life-world and intersubjectivity. The essays go on to explore the practical applicability of Schutz’s thoughts on questions regarding economics, literature, ethics and the limits of human understanding. Given its emphasis on the application of Schutzian ideas and concepts, this book willbe of special interest to a wide range of readers in the social sciences and humanities, who are interested in the application of phenomenology to social, political, and cultural phenomena
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTORY ESSAY.- Reflections on the Relationship of ‘Social Phenomenology’ and Hermeneutics in Alfred Schutz:  An Introduction, M. STAUDIGL.- I. SCHUTZIAN PHENOMENOLOGY AND HERMENEUTIC TRADITIONS.- The Lifeworld Analysis of Alfred Schutz and the Methodology of the Social Sciences, T. EBERLE.- Understanding Sociologies and Tradition(s) of Hermeneutics, M. ENDRESS.-  Alfred Schutz and a Hermeneutical Sociology of Knowledge, H. NASU.-  The Interpretationism of Alfred Schutz or How Woodcutting can have Referential and Non-Referential Meaning, L. EMBREEII. THEORETICAL AND CONCEPTUAL REASSESSMENTS.-  Pragmatic theory of the life-world and hermeneutics of the social sciences, I. SRUBAR.-  Media Structures of the Life-World, R. AYASS.- The Musical Foundations of Alfred Schutz’ Hermeneutics of the Social World, A. G. STASCHEIT.- III. EXPLORATIONS OF THE PRACTICAL WORLD.-  Scientific Practice and the World of Working: Beyond Schutz’s Wirkwelt, D. BISCHUR.-  Hermeneutics of Transcendence:  Understanding and Communication at the Limits of Experience, A. HILT --    Alfred Schutz’s Practical-Hermeneutical Approach to Law and Normativity, I. COPOERU.-  Everyday Morality. Questions with and for Alfred Schutz, B. WALDENFELS .- IV. INVESTIGATIONS INTO MULTIPLE REALITIES.- Goffman and Schutz on multiple realities, G. PSATHAS.- Literature and the Limits of Pragmatism:  Alfred Schutz’s Goethe Manuscripts, M. D. BARBER.- Life-World Analysis and Literary Interpretation. On the Reconstruction of Symbolic Reality Spheres, J. DREHER.- Image Worlds. Aesthetic Experience and the Problem of Hermeneutics in the Social Sciences, D. TÄNZLER.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    ISBN: 9789400770430
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 248 p. 14 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovation and Change in Professional Education 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Teaching and learning the European Union
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Europäische Union ; Hochschulbildung ; Bildung
    Abstract: This volume examines the EU’s changing educational context and its challenges. Based on an extensive survey of more than 2000 European Studies courses in 30 European countries, it maps and analyses the features of teaching methodologies as they emerge from both disciplinary as well as interdisciplinary curricula. It presents a series of case studies on some of the most-used innovative teaching tools emerging in the field such as simulation games, e-learning, problem based learning, blended learning, and learning through the use of social networks. Based on the contributors’ own experiences and academic research, the book examines both strengths and possible pitfalls of these increasingly popular methods. The book’s critical approach will inspire educators and scholars committed to improving the teaching methods and tools in the area of European Studies and other programmes of higher education facing similar challenges
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction - Teaching European Studies: Educational ChallengesPART I - EUROPEAN STUDIES: CONTEXTS AND CHALLENGES -- 2. Shaping the New Professional for the New Professions; W.H. Gijselaers, A. Dailey-Hebert and A.C. Niculescu -- 3. Working at the EU Institutions: New Human Resources Selection Strategy; N.D. Bearfield -- 4. Educating for EU Citizenship and Civic Engagement through Active Learning; G. J. van Dyke -- 5. Multilingual Universities: Policies and Practices; R. Franceschini and D. Veronesi -- 6. Thinking Europe: A Canadian Academic Immersion inside the European Institutions - EU Study Tour and Internship Program; E. Lavalle and A. Berlin -- PART II - MAPPING INNOVATIONS IN TEACHING AND LEARNING -- 7. Mapping Innovative Teaching Methods and Tools in European Studies: Results from a Comprehensive Study; S. Baroncelli, F. Fonti and G. Stevancevic -- 8. Innovativeness in Teaching European Studies: an Empirical Investigation; F. Fonti and G. Stevancevic -- 9. Linguistic Pluralism in European Studies; S. Baroncelli -- PART III - INNOVATIVE TEACHING AND EARNING IN EUROPEAN STUDIES -- 10. Assessing EU Simulations: Evidence from the Transatlantic EuroSim; R. Jones and P. Bursens -- 11. Distance Learning as an Alternative Method of Teaching European Studies; N. Timus -- 12. Problem Based Learning in European Studies; H. Maurer and C. Neuhold -- 13. Finding the Right Mix? Teaching European Studies through Blended Learning; A. Mihai -- 14. The Network is the Message: Social Networks as Teaching Tools; R. Farneti, I. Bianchi, T. Mayrgündter and J. Niederhauser -- Biographies -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    ISBN: 9783319008011
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 225 p. 3 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 365
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Artefact kinds
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Engineering design ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Engineering design ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Artefakt ; Ontologie ; Wirklichkeit ; Technikphilosophie
    Abstract: This book is concerned with two intimately related topics of metaphysics: the identity of entities and the foundations of classification. What it adds to previous discussions of these topics is that it addresses them with respect to human-made entities, that is, artefacts. As the chapters in the book show, questions of identity and classification require other treatments and lead to other answers for artefacts than for natural entities. These answers are of interest to philosophers not only for their clarification of artefacts as a category of things but also for the new light they may shed on these issue with respect to to natural entities. This volume is structured in three parts. The contributions in Part I address basic ontological and metaphysical questions in relation to artefact kinds: How should we conceive of artefact kinds? Are they real kinds? How are identity conditions for artefacts and artefact kinds related? The contributions in Part II address meta-ontological questions: What, exactly, should an ontological account of artefact kinds provide us with? What scope can it aim for? Which ways of approaching the ontology of artefact kinds are there, how promising are they, and how should we assess this? In Part III, the essays offer engineering practice rather than theoretical philosophy as a point of reference. The issues addressed here include: How do engineers classify technical artefacts and on what grounds? What makes specific classes of technical artefacts candidates for ontologically real kinds, and by which criteria?
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction: The Ontology of Technical Artefacts; Maarten Franssen, Peter Kroes, Thomas A. C. Reydon and Pieter E. VermaasPart I: Artefact Kinds and Metaphysics -- Chapter 2. How Real are Artefacts and Artefact Kinds?; E. J. Lowe -- Chapter 3. Artifacts and Mind-Independence; Crawford L. Elder -- Chapter 4. Public Artifacts, Intentions, and Norms; Amie L. Thomasson -- Chapter 5. Artefact Kinds, Ontological Criteria and Forms of Mind-Dependence; Maarten Franssen and Peter Kroes -- Chapter 6. Artifact Kinds, Identity Criteria and Logical Adequacy; Massimiliano Carrara, Silvia Gaio and Marzia Soavi -- Part II: Artefact Kinds and New Perspectives -- Chapter 7. Creating Artifactual Kinds; Jesús Vega-Encabo and Diego Lawler -- Chapter 8. Metaphysical and Epistemological Approaches to Developing a Theory of Artifact Kinds; Thomas A. C. Reydon -- Chapter 9. Ethnotechnology: A Manifesto; Beth Preston -- Part III: Artefact Kinds and Engineering Practice -- Chapter 10. On What is Made: Instruments, Products and Natural Kinds of Artefacts; Wybo Houkes and Pieter E. Vermaas -- Chapter 11. Artefactual Systems, Missing Components and Replaceability; Nicola Guarino -- Chapter 12. Engineering Differences Between Natural, Social and Artificial Kinds; Eric T. Kerr.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    ISBN: 9789400771314
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (222 pages) , illustrations.
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 2
    DDC: 149.94
    Keywords: Linguistics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Electronic books
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed January 2, 2014)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048193226
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XLI, 1042 p. 125 illus., 65 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    Keywords: Law ; Law
    Abstract: The proposed volumes are aimed at a multidisciplinary audience and seek to fill the gap between law, semiotics and visuality providing a comprehensive theoretical and analytical overview of legal visual semiotics. They seek to promote an interdisciplinary debate from law, semiotics and visuality bringing together the cumulative research traditions of these related areas as a prelude to identifying fertile avenues for research going forward. Advance Praise for Law, Culture and Visual Studies This diverse and exhilarating collection of essays explores the many facets both historical and contemporary of visual culture in the law. It opens a window onto the substantive, jurisdictional, disciplinary and methodological diversity of current research. It is a cornucopia of materials that will enliven legal studies for those new to the field as well as for established scholars. It is a ‘must read’ that will leave you wondering about the validity of the long held obsession that reduces the law and legal studies to little more than a preoccupation with the word. Leslie J Moran Professor of Law, Birkbeck College, University of London Law, Culture & Visual Studies is a treasure trove of insights on the entwined roles of legality and visuality. From multiple interdisciplinary perspectives by scholars from around the world, these pieces reflect the fullness and complexities of our visual encounters with law and culture. From pictures to places to postage stamps, from forensics to film to folklore, this anthology is an exciting journey through the fertile field of law and visual culture as well as a testament that the field has come of age. Naomi Mezey, Professor of Law, Georgetown University Law Center, Washington, D.C., USA This highly interdisciplinary reference work brings together diverse fields including cultural studies, communication theory, rhetoric, law and film studies, legal and social history, visual and legal theory, in order to document the various historical, cultural, representational and theoretical links that bind together law and the visual. This book offers a breath-taking range of resources from both well-established and newer scholars who together cover the field of law’s representation in, interrogation of, and dialogue with forms of visual rhetoric, practice, and discourse. Taken together this scholarship presents state of the art research into an important and developing dimension of contemporary legal and cultural inquiry. Above all, Law C ...
    Description / Table of Contents: Biographical notes on the editors.- Biographical notes on contributors.- Introduction: Law, Culture and Visual Studies; Richard K. Sherwin.- Part I. Introducing Visual Legal StudiesPart II. Visualizing Legal Scholarship -- Part III. Law And Iconic Art -- Part IV. Visualizing Law In Indigenous Or Folk Loric Culture -- Part V. Visualizing Law’s Topography -- Part VI. Visual Technologies Of Law -- Part VII. Law And Popular Visual Media: “Case Studies” -- Part VIII. Law And Popular Visual Media: In Theory -- Index.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    ISBN: 9789400770645
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 97 p. 10 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in History of Science and Technology
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Drucker, Donna J. The machines of sex research
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science History ; Engineering ; Sexual behavior ; Science, general ; Science History ; Engineering ; Sexual behavior ; Sexualwissenschaft ; Medizintechnik ; Messtechnik ; Forschung ; Geschichte 1945-1985
    Abstract: The Machines of Sex Research describes how researchers worldwide integrated technology into studies of human sexuality in the postwar era. The machines they invented made new ways of seeing bodies possible. Some researchers who studied men used machines like penile strain gauges to police “deviant” male sexuality; others used less painful devices like penis-cameras to study women’s sexual responses and map the physiology of their arousal and orgasm. While researchers used the findings from their technological innovations to propose their own views of how people should view their bodies and should manage their sexual lives, their readers interpreted their findings to enact their own visions of sexuality. Drucker shows how the use of machines in sex research provided some of the intellectual underpinnings of the sexual revolution and the women’s and gay rights movements, and in turn how the sex research community developed new machines for investigations that would enhance sexual happiness rather than constrict it. The Machines of Sex Research is a key read for those interested in the intersections between human sexuality, technology, and twentieth-century social movements. Describes the little-known history of the machines of human sex research in the postwar era Shows how researchers worldwide invented and used machines to study human sexuality and the body in new ways, and how they used and improved each other's designs Relates the relationship between the machines of sex research to Cold War sexualities and gender and sexual liberation movements
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsChapter 1: The Machines of Sex Research -- Chapter 2: The Penile Strain Gauge and Aversion Therapy: Measuring and Fixing the Sexual Body -- Chapter 3: The Couples Laboratory and the Penis-Camera: Seeking the Source of Orgasm -- Chapter 4: The Vaginal Photoplethysmograph and Devices for Women: Gauging Female Arousal -- Conclusion: The Future of Human Sex Research Technologies.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    ISBN: 9789400760011
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 457 p. 29 illus., 16 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in Brain and Mind 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer vision ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer vision
    Abstract: This volume is product of the third online consciousness conference, held at http://consciousnessonline.com in February and March 2011. Chapters range over epistemological issues in the science and philosophy of perception, what neuroscience can do to help us solve philosophical issues in the philosophy of mind, what the true nature of black and white vision, pain, auditory, olfactory, or multi-modal experiences are, to higher-order theories of consciousness, synesthesia, among others. Each chapter includes a target article, commentaries, and in most cases, a final response from the author. Though wide-ranging all of the papers aim to understand consciousness both from the inside, as we experience it, and from the outside as we encounter it in our science. The Online Consciousness Conference, founded and organized by Richard Brown, is dedicated to the rigorous study of consciousness and mind. The goal is to bring philosophers, scientists, and interested lay persons together in an online venue to promote high-level discussion and exchanging of views, ideas and data related to the scientific and philosophical study of consciousness
    Description / Table of Contents: Chp. 1 Richard Brown “Introduction”I. First-Person Data and the Science of Consciousness -- Chp. 2. Ruth Millikan  “An Epistemology for Phenomenology?” -- Chp.  3. Gualtiero Piccinini & Corey J. Maley “From Phenomenology to the Self-Measurement Methodology of First-Person Data” -- II. Phenomenal Properties and Dualism -- Chp. 4. Paul Churchland “Consciousness and the Introspection of Apparent Qualitative Simples” -- Chp. 5. Torin Alter “Churchland on arguments against physicalism” -- Chp. 6. Paul Churchland “Response to Torin Alter” -- III. Property Dualism and Panpsychism -- Chp. 7. Philip Goff “Orthodox Property Dualism + the Linguistic Theory of Vagueness = Panpsychism” -- Chp. 8. Bill Robinson “A Wake Up Call” -- Chp. 9. Jon Simon “What is Acquaintance with Consciousness?” -- Chp. 10. Philip Goff “Reply to Simon and Robinson” -- IV. Naïve Realism, Hallucinations, and Perceptual Justification -- Chp. 11. Benj Hellie “It’s Still There!” -- Chp. 12. Jacob Berger “Perceptual Justification Outside of Consciousness” -- Chp. 13. Jeff Speaks “Some Thoughts about Hallucination, Self-Representation, and “It’s Still There!”” -- Chp. 14. Heather Logue “But Where is a Hallucinator’s Perceptual Justification?” -- Chp. 15. Benj Hellie “Yep -Still There” -- V. Beyond Color-Consciousness -- Chp. 16. Kathleen Akins “Black and White and Color” -- Chp. 17. Pete Mandik “What is Visual and Phenomenal but Concerns Neither Hue nor Shade?” -- VI. Phenomenal Externalism and the Science of Perception -- Chp. 18. Adam Pautz “The Real Trouble for Phenomenal Externalists: New Evidence for a Brain-Based Theory of Consciousness” -- Chp. 19. David Hilbert & Colin Klein “No Problem” -- Chp. 20. Adam Pautz “Ignoring the Real Problems for Phenomenal Externalism: A Reply to Hilbert and Klein” -- VII. The Ontology of Audition -- Chp. 21. Jason Leddington “What We Hear” -- Chp. 22. Casey O'Calleghan “Audible Independence and Binding” -- Chp. 23. Matt Nudds “Commentary on Leddington” -- VIII. Multi-Modal Experience -- Chp. 24. Kevin Connolly “Making Sense of Multiple Senses” -- Chp. 25. Matt Fulkerson “Explaining Multisensory Experience” -- IX. Synesthesia -- Chp. 26. Berit Brogaard “Seeing as a Non-Experiential Mental State: The Case from Synesthesia and Mental Imagery” -- Chp. 27. Ophelia Deroy “Synesthesia: An Experience of the Third Kind?” -- Chp. 28. Berit Brogaard “Varieties of Synesthetic Experience” -- X. Higher-Order Thought Theories of Consciousness and the Prefrontal Cortex -- Chp. 29. Miguel Ángel Sebastián “Not a Hot Dream” -- Chp. 30. Josh Weisberg “Sweet Dreams are Made of This?  A HOT Response to Sebastián” -- Chp. 31. Matt Ivonowich “The dlPFC isn’t a NCHOT: A Commentary on Sebastián’s “Not a HOT Dream” -- Chp. 32. Miguel Ángel Sebastián “I Cannot Tell You (Everything) About My Dreams: Reply to Ivanowich and Weisberg”.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    ISBN: 9789401786072
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 105 p. 58 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Well-Being and Quality of Life Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Lippman, Laura H. Flourishing children
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology ; Quality of Life ; Developmental psychology ; Psychometrics
    Abstract: This volume presents the results of the Flourishing Children Project. The study addressed gaps in the research on indicators of positive development of adolescents. Such indicators are essential for the balanced and scientifically sound study of adolescents. Yet measures of many aspects of flourishing are not available, and when they do exist, they are rarely measured in a developmentally appropriate manner for adolescents. In addition, they are often too long for program evaluations and surveys, have not been tested on diverse populations, nor carefully validated as predictors of positive outcomes. The Flourishing Children Project undertook the development of scales for adolescents ages 12-17 for 19 aspects of flourishing covering six domains: flourishing in school and work, personal flourishing, flourishing in relationships, relationship skills, helping others to flourish, and environmental stewardship. This volume describes the four-stage process of developing the scales, including: Reviewing the literature for extant measures for items to test and synthesizing the existing research into consensus definitions for each construct; conducting cognitive testing of items with adolescents and their parents; pilot testing the items; and conducting psychometric analyses
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9789400709294
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVII, 1860 p. 29 illus., 26 illus. in color. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Humanities ; Humanities / Arts ; Ethics ; Philosophy of nature ; Agriculture ; Environmental law ; Landwirtschaft ; Nahrung ; Ethik
    Abstract: This Encyclopedia offers a definitive source on issues pertaining to the full range of topics in the important new area of food and agricultural ethics. It includes summaries of historical approaches, current scholarship, social movements, and new trends from the standpoint of the ethical notions that have shaped them. It combines detailed analyses of specific topics such as the role of antibiotics in animal production, the Green Revolution, and alternative methods of organic farming, with longer entries that summarize general areas of scholarship and explore ways that they are related. Renewed debate, discussion and inquiry into food and agricultural topics have become a hallmark of the turn toward more sustainable policies and lifestyles in the 21st century. Attention has turned to the goals and ethical rationale behind production, distribution and consumption of food, as well as to non-food uses of cultivated biomass and the products of animal husbandry. These wide-ranging debates encompass questions in human nutrition, animal rights and the environmental impacts of aquaculture and agricultural production. Each of these and related topics is both technically complex and involves an - often implicit - ethical dimension. Other topics include methods for integrating ethics into scientific and technical research programs or development projects, the role of intensive agriculture and biotechnology in addressing persistent world hunger and the role of crops, forests and engineered organisms in making a transition to renewable, carbon-neutral sources of energy. The Encyclopedia of Food and Agricultural Ethics proves an indispensible reference point for future research and writing on topics in agriculture and food ethics for decades to come
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401780056
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 592 p. 29 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Higher Education ; 29
    RVK:
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher ; Education ; USA ; Hochschulbildung
    Abstract: Published annually since 1985, the Handbook series provides a compendium of thorough and integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of topics of interest to the higher education scholarly and policy communities. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of research findings on a selected topic, critiques the research literature in terms of its conceptual and methodological rigor and sets forth an agenda for future research intended to advance knowledge on the chosen topic. The Handbook focuses on a comprehensive set of central areas of study in higher education that encompasses the salient dimensions of scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the international higher education community. Each annual volume contains chapters on such diverse topics as research on college students and faculty, organization and administration, curriculum and instruction, policy, diversity issues, economics and finance, history and philosophy, community colleges, advances in research methodology and more. The series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout the world
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783531199450
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (386 p.))
    Edition: 2nd ed (Online-Ausg.)
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Handbuch Migrationsarbeit
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Emigration and immigration - Economic aspects ; Emigration and immigration - Government policy ; Migrant labor ; Migration ; Electronic books ; Einwanderer ; Interkulturelle Sozialarbeit
    Abstract: Inhaltsverzeichnis; Grußwort; MigrantInnenarbeit - eine Einführung; 1 Zielsetz ung des Handbuches; 2 Defi nitionen und Diff erenzierungen; 3 Gliederung und Konzept; Teil A Theoretische Einführung; 1.1 Soziodemografi sche Merkmale der Migrationsbevölkerung; 1 Die Volkszählung des Jahres 2011; 2 Bevölkerungsanteil; 3 Geografi sche Verteilung; 4 Demografi sche Struktur; 5 Sozialstruktur; 5.1 Herkunft und Problemlagen; 5.2 Formaler Bildungsabschluss und berufliche Bildung; 5.3 Arbeitsmarkt und soziale Lage; 5.4 Auswirkungen mangelnder Sprachkompetenz; 6 Religiöse Bindungen: Islam; 7 Überleitung
    Abstract: 1.2 Soziale und politische Teilhabe1 Spezifi ka von Migrationsgruppen; 2 Mediennutz ung3; 2.1 Soziale Umgebung und Medienkonsum; 2.2 Printmedien; 2.3 Fernsehen; 2.4 Computer; 2.5 Auswirkungen des Medienkonsums; 3 Außerhäusliche Freizeit; 4 Mitgliedschaften in Gewerkschaften; 5 Politische Aktivitäten; 5.1 Politisches Interesse; 5.2 Werthaltungen und politische Einstellungen; 5.3 Wahlbeteiligung; 5.4 Parteipräferenzen; 5.5 Mitgliedschaften in Parteien; 5.6 Nicht-elektorale politische Partizipation; 6 Gibt es Parallelgesellschaften?; 7 Schlussbemerkung
    Abstract: 1.3 Gesellschaftliche Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit als Indikatoren für Integration1 Rechtliche Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit; 1.1 Das Allgemeine Gleichbehandlungsgesetz; 1.2 Aufenthaltsdauer und Wahlrecht; 1.3 Einbürgerung; 2 Soziale Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit; 2.1 Sprachliche Voraussetzungen - Sprache als Voraussetzung?; 2.2 Wohnen und sozialräumliche Integration; 2.3 Gesundheit und Migration; 2.4 Vereine und Verbände; 3 Gelungene Integration oder ungleiche Lebensverhältnisse?; 1.4 Interkulturelle Arbeit zwischen Anspruch und Wirklichkeit
    Abstract: 1 Kompensatorisches Konzept: Die Ausländerpädagogik2 Emanzipatorisches Konzept: Der Anspruch der interkulturellen Erziehung; 3 Partizipatives Konzept: Diversity; 4 Interkulturelle Kompetenz - die Wirklichkeit; 5 Partizipativ + Emanzipatorisch = Chance auf Interkulturalität; 1.5 Migrantenorganisationen als Motoren der Integrationsarbeit; 1 Relevanz von Selbstorganisationen; 2 Migrantenorganisationen als politische Vertretung; 3 Migrantenorganisationen als Träger sozialer Projekte; 4 Kompetenz und Vernetzung - das soziale Kapital von Migranten-organisationen
    Abstract: 5 Weiterbildungsbedarfe von Migrantenorganisationen und die Grenzen von Weiterbildung5.1 Angebote und Träger; 5.2 Migrantenorganisationen als Träger von Weiterbildung; 5.3 Tandemprojekte zur Qualifizierung von Migrantenorganisationen; 5.4 Qualitätsstandards in der Weiterbildung von und für Migrantenorganisationen; 6 Schlussbetrachtung: Migrantenorganisationen und die interkulturelle Öffnung der Gesellschaft; Teil B Aktivierung von Migrantinnen und Migranten in Theorie und Praxis; 2.1 Frühkindliche Bildung; 2.1.1 Frühkindliche Bildung; 1 Einleitung
    Abstract: 2 Ein Blick zurück: Interkulturelle Pädagogik und Frühpädagogik
    Abstract: Deutsche mit Migrationshintergrund und Migrantinnen und Migranten aus verschiedenen Landern sind Realitat geworden in unserer Gesellschaft. Gleichzeitig mussen wir jedoch auch feststellen, dass gesellschaftliche Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit fur diese Menschen nicht vorhanden ist. Mit der Anerkennung des Einwanderungslandes Deutschland und der Tatsache der Benachteiligung werfen sich nun Fragen auf. Wie konnen Benachteiligungen abgebaut werden Was kann die deutsche Mehrheitsgesellschaft tun und was konnen die Minderheiten tun Wie kann ein Gleichgewicht hergestellt werden Welche Maßnahmen muss
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783319049908
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (201 p.))
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs on Pioneers in Science and Practice
    Series Statement: EBL-Schweitzer
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Ulrich Beck
    DDC: 302.12
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Electronic books
    Abstract: Preface; Contents; Part I Ulrich Beck; 1 Ulrich Beck's Scientific Leadership Profile; 2 Ulrich Beck: An Introduction to the Theory of Second Modernity and the Risk Society; 2.1…Introduction and a Short Biography; 2.2…From Slupsk to Sociological World Fame: A Short Biography; 3 Bibliography; 3.1…Books (in Chronological Order); 3.2…Book Chapters (in Reverse Chronological Order); 3.3…Journal Articles (in Reverse Chronological Order); Part II Ulrich Beck's Work in the Perspective of Colleagues; 4 The Risk Society Thesis in Environmental Politics and Management: A Global Perspective; Epilogue
    Abstract: References5 Reflexive Modernization; References; 6 The Reality of Cosmopolitanism; 7 Jerusalem Versus Athens Revisited; References; Part III Selected Key Texts by Ulrich Beck; 8 Incalculable Futures: World Risk Society and Its Social and Political Implications; 8.1…Old Dangers, New Risks: Conceptual Differentiation, Historical Localization; 8.1.1 Conceptual Distinctions; 8.1.2 Historical Contextualization; 8.2…What is Meant by the 'Cosmopolitan Moment'?; Bibliography and References; 9 Individualization is Eroding Traditions Worldwide: A Comparison Between Europe and China
    Abstract: 9.1…On the Distinction Between Individualism and Individualization9.2…Individualization and Social Morality; 9.3…Chinese Individualization; References; 10 Beyond Class and Nation: Reframing Social Inequalities in a Globalizing World; 10.1…Introduction; 10.2…''What Exactly Constitutes Individualization and to What Extent has it Really Displaced Class?''; 10.2.1 What Does Individualization Mean Empirically?; 10.2.2 Beyond the Normal Family and Normal Class; 10.3…The Transnationalization of Social Inequalities; 10.3.1 Critique of Methodological Nationalism; 10.3.2 Politics of Framing
    Abstract: 10.4…The Inequality of Global Risks10.5…Pan-European Inequalities; 10.6…Border Artistes: Agency, Legitimacy and Immigrant Dynamics; 10.7…Prospect: The 'Modernity Dispute' in International Sociology; References; 11 The Two Faces of Religion; References; 12 The Global Chaos of Love: Towards a Cosmopolitan Turn in the Sociology of Love and Families; 12.1…Cosmopolitan Families: Characteristics and Constellations; 12.2…Cosmopolitan Theory; 12.3…The Rise of a Transnational Shadow Economy; 12.3.1 The Stalled Revolution; 12.3.2 From Mother's Task to Migrants' Job; 12.3.3 By Silent Agreement
    Abstract: 12.4…Transnational Motherhood and Global Care Chains12.4.1 A Global Hierarchy of Care; 12.5…Loss and Gain: Cosmopolitan Comparisons; 12.5.1 Seeing with the Eyes of the Respective 'Other'; 12.6…Conclusions; References; 13 Reframing Power in the Globalized World; References; 14 We Do Not Live in an Age of Cosmopolitanism but in an Age of Cosmopolitization: The 'Global Other' is in Our Midst; 14.1…Critique of Methodological Nationalism; 14.2…How to Research 'Really Existing Cosmopolitization'?; 14.2.1 Cuisine; 14.2.2 Migration; 14.2.3 Work and Workers; 14.2.4 Love; 14.2.5 Kidneys
    Abstract: 14.2.6 Villages
    Abstract: This book presents Ulrich Beck, one of the world's leading sociologists and social thinkers, as a Pioneer in Cosmopolitan Sociology and Risk Society. His world risk society theory has been confirmed by recent disasters ? events that have shaken modern society to the core, signaling the end of an era in which comprehensive insurance could keep us safe. Due to its own successes, modern society now faces failure: while in the past experiments were conducted in a lab, now the whole world is a test bed. Whether nuclear plants, genetically modified organisms, nanotechnology ? if any of these experim
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783531199634
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (380 Seiten)
    Edition: 2. Auflage
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Quartiersforschung
    DDC: 307.76072
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Adaptation, Psychological ; Social ecology ; Social history - 20th century ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Stadtviertel ; Stadtforschung
    Abstract: Inhaltsverzeichnis; Einführung zur zweiten Auflage und Zusammenfassung der Beiträge; Die Beiträge im Überblick; I Überblick; Quartiersforschung im Überblick: Konzepte, Definitionen und aktuelle Perspektiven; 1 Unterwegs in dynamischen Mikrowelten; 2 Acht Portale zum Quartier; 2.1 Sozialökologie: Quartiere zwischen Zyklizität und Homöostase; 2.3 Housing Demography - Quartiere als Orte von Bevölkerungsbewegungen; 2.4 Soziographie - holistische Quartiersbetrachtung; 2.5 Nachbarschaft - von Subkulturalität, Lebenswelten und Aktionsräumen
    Abstract: 2.6 Urban Governance und professionelle Akteure im Quartier2.7 (Neo-)Marxistisch orientierte Theorieansätze: Produktion und Regulation des Quartiers; 2.8 Neuere Raumtheoretische Ansätze und Poststrukturalismus: Quartierskonstruktion und Quartiersdekonstruktion; 3 Definitionen? Abgrenzungen? Die Ambivalenz von realer Komplexität und notwendiger Vereinfachung; 3.1 Begriffsverwendung und Definitionen von „Quartier"; 3.2 Muss man ein „Quartier" abgrenzen können? Und: wie?; 3.3 Versuch einer Re-Definition von Quartier als „Fuzzy Concept"; 4 Fazit: Wozu „Quartiersforschung"?; Literatur
    Abstract: II Theoretische Perspektiven auf das QuartierStadt der Quartiere? Das Place-Konzept und die Idee von urbanen Dörfern; 1 Eckpunkte des Place-Konzeptes im Kontext der Quartiersforschung; 1.1 Zur symbolischen Dimension von Place; 1.2 Zur sozialen Dimension von Place; 1.3 Zur physischen Dimension von Place; 2 Place-Studien: Das Beispiel ‚Urbane Dörfer' und weitere Felder der empirischen Praxis; 3 Die Stadt der Quartiere als Summe urbaner Dörfer?; 4 Das Place-Konzept in der Quartiersforschung - eine Evaluation; Literatur
    Abstract: Die Metapher vom Raum als soziale Landschaft: Perspektiven zur Überwindung der Dichotomie von Quartierkonzeptionen1 Das Quartier in der klassischen Stadtforschung; 2 Relativistische Ansätze inner- und ausserhalb des absolutistischen Raumverständnisses; 3 Die Metapher des Raums als soziale Landschaften; 4 Junge Erwachsene in der Stadt Basel: empirische Annäherung an das Konzept der sozialen Landschaften; 4.1 Landschaftstyp: Transnationale soziale Netzwerke und der Rückzug in der segregierten Stadt
    Abstract: 4.2 Landschaftstyp: Lokale Netzwerke und Orte gemeinsamer Alltagskultur in der sozialpädagogischen Stadt5 Fazit; Literatur; Quartier als Landschaft? Eine Exploration am Beispiel des Wandels in Berlin-Moabit; 1 Das Quartier als Landschaft; 2 Das Fallbeispiel Berlin-Moabit: Quartiersensembles als Landschaften des sozialen Wandels; 3 Vormoderne: Moabit als quasi-natürliche Antithese zur Stadt; 4 Frühmoderne: Moabit als dynamische Industrielandschaft; 5 Einschnitte: Trümmerlandschaften; 6 Hochmoderne: Multikulturelle Arbeiter- und Justizlandschaft
    Abstract: 7 Postmoderne: Moabit als fragmentierte Investitions- und Desinvestitionslandschaft
    Abstract: Wohnviertel, Stadtquartiere, Kieze: Für BewohnerInnen sind sie nicht mehr und nicht weniger als die lokale Verankerung in der (Groß)stadt und der globalisierten Welt. In der Wissenschaft existieren inzwischen vielfältige Diskurse über den lokalen Nahraum. Ebenso wichtig ist das Quartier als strategische Planungskategorie: Es hat als Meso-Level zwischen Stadt und Individualebene in den letzten Jahren geradezu Karriere gemacht - im Rahmen von Stadtentwicklungsprogrammen ebenso wie in der Wohnungswirtschaft. Mit dem Ziel, einen vertieften Dialog anzustoßen, zeigen die AutorInnen dieser aktualisie
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    ISBN: 9789400775572
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 408 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Print version Air Quality Management : Canadian Perspectives on a Global Issue
    DDC: 399
    Keywords: Environmental sciences ; Public health ; Environmental protection ; Air quality management -- Canada ; Electronic books
    Abstract: This book provides a wide overview of the issues related to managing of air quality in Canada. Learn about the air issues that have caused impacts to ecosystems or human health and hence been targeted to be managed. Discover how Canadas national governance involving a federal government along with provincial and territorial governments impacts the air quality management process. Understand how Canadians manage their air quality in context with the USA, their largest and closest neighbour. Benefit from the experience of 43 of Canadas most experienced air quality management professionals who share their insights into the state of air quality in Canada today, how it is managed, as well as giving a glimpse into the future.?
    Description / Table of Contents: part I. Air pollution sciencepart II. Air quality impacts -- part III. Management of emissions -- part Ivolume Policy and planning -- part volume Communicating air quality information.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    ISBN: 9789400778290
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (278 pages) , illustrations.
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Series 53
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Ser. v.53
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of life ; Humanities ; Quality of life -- Research ; Developmental psychology ; Social sciences ; Quality of life ; Humanities ; Quality of life ; Research ; Developmental psychology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This publication will fill a significant gap in the literature on quality of life and subjective wellbeing by addressing the gender dimensions of people's lived experience and emphasizing how gender relationships differentially impact on women's and girls' as well as men's and boys' subjective wellbeing across the lifespan. Sex-disaggregation of data on objective conditions of quality of life is now routinely undertaken in many countries of the world. However, despite the burgeoning of objective data on sex differences in life conditions across the world, very little gender analysis is carried out to explain fully such difference and there is still a serious dearth of data on gender differences in subjective experiences of quality of life and wellbeing. This publication will assist researchers, teachers, service providers and policy makers in filling some of the gaps in currently available literature on the nexus between age and gender in producing differential experiences of subjective wellbeing. The book brings together research which compares female's and male's subjective experiences of wellbeing at various life stages from a variety of countries and regions, particularly focusing on women's subjective wellbeing.
    Abstract: Intro -- Contents -- Contributors -- Chapter-1 -- Gender, Lifespan, Cultural Context and QOL -- References -- Chapter-2 -- Personal Well-being and Interpersonal Communication of 12-16 Year-Old Girls and Their Own Mothers: Gender and Intergenerational Issues -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Method Procedure and Sample -- 2.2.1 Description of the Variables -- 2.3 Results -- 2.3.1 Activities -- 2.3.2 Conversations -- 2.3.3 Satisfaction -- 2.3.4 Values Aspired to for the Girls' Future -- 2.3.5 Explained Model of Girls' and Mothers' Satisfaction with Life as a Whole -- 2.4 Discussion -- References -- Chapter-3 -- Gender Dimensions of Life Quality for Adults in Australia -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Subjective Wellbeing Homeostasis -- 3.3 Homeostatic Buffers -- 3.4 External Buffers -- 3.5 Internal Buffers -- 3.6 Gender Differences -- 3.7 Method -- 3.8 Results -- 3.8.1 Gender × Survey -- 3.8.2 Personal Wellbeing Domains -- 3.8.3 Domain Stability Across Surveys × Gender -- 3.8.4 Demographic Influences on Gender Differences in SWB -- 3.8.5 Age -- 3.8.6 Living Alone -- 3.8.7 Relationship Status -- 3.8.8 Work Status -- 3.9 Discussion -- 3.9.1 Overall Pattern of Gender Differences -- 3.9.2 Age -- 3.9.3 Living Alone -- 3.9.4 Work Status -- 3.10 Summary -- References -- Chapter-4 -- Chasing the 'Good Life': GenderDifferences in Work Aspirationsof American Men and Women -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Conceptual Framework -- 4.3 Data and Methods -- 4.4 Results -- 4.4.1 Gender Differences in Aspirations and Attainments -- 4.4.1.1 Material Goods -- 4.4.1.2 Good Health -- 4.4.1.3 Family Life -- 4.4.1.4 Work -- 4.4.1.5 Work Aspirations over the Life Course -- 4.5 Summary and Discussion -- References -- Chapter-5 -- Gender Dimensions of Quality of Life in Algeria -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Gender Equalities: The Current Situation.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed January 12, 2014)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    ISBN: 9789401789592
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXV, 261 p. 38 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Ecology ; Environmental geology. ; Geoecology. ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Human Geography ; Physical geography.
    Abstract: In this edited volume leading scholars from different disciplinary backgrounds wrestle with social science integration opportunities and challenges. This book explores the growing concern of how best to achieve effective integration of the social science disciplines as a means for furthering natural resource social science and environmental problem solving. The chapters provide an overview of the history, vision, advances, examples, and methods that could lead to integration. The quest for integration among the social sciences is not new. Some argue that the social sciences have lagged in their advancements and contributions to society due to their inability to address integration related issues. Integration merits debate for a number of reasons. First, natural resource issues are complex and are affected by multiple proximate driving social factors. Single disciplinary studies focused at one level are unlikely to provide explanations that represent this complexity and are limited in their ability to inform policy recommendations. Complex problems are best explored across disciplines that examine social-ecological phenomenon from different scales. Second, multi-disciplinary initiatives such as those with physical and biological scientists are necessary to understand the scope of the social sciences. Too frequently there is a belief that one social scientist on a multi-disciplinary team provides adequate social science representation. Third, more complete models of human behavior will be achieved through a synthesis of diverse social science perspectives
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048129218
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 422 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Dao companion to Japanese Confucian philosophy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Regional planning ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy, Confucian--Japan. ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Japan ; Konfuzianismus ; Ideengeschichte 1600-1868
    Abstract: This volume features in-depth philosophical analyses of major Japanese Confucian philosophers as well as themes and topics addressed in their writings. Its main historical focus is the early-modern period (1600-1868), when much original Confucian philosophizing occurred. Written by scholars from the United States, Canada, Europe, Australia, Japan, and China and eclectic in methodology and disciplinary approach, this anthology seeks to advance new multidimensional studies of Japanese Confucian philosophy for English language readers. It presents essays that focus on Japanese Confucianism, while including topics related to Buddhism, Shintō, Nativism, and even Andō Shōeki 安藤昌益 (1703-1762), one of the most vehement critics of Confucianism in all of East Asia. The book builds on the premise that Japanese Confucian philosophy consists in the ongoing engagement in critical, self-reflective discussions of and speculative theorizing about ethics, epistemology, metaphysics, political theory, and spiritual problems, as well as aesthetics, cosmology, and ontology
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401786454
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 186 p. 22 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Lu, Xiaofei Computational methods for corpus annotation and analysis
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Computational methods for corpus annotation and analysis
    RVK:
    Keywords: Translators (Computer programs) ; Applied linguistics ; Linguistics ; Korpus ; Computerlinguistik
    Abstract: In the past few decades the use of increasingly large text corpora has grown rapidly in language and linguistics research. This was enabled by remarkable strides in natural language processing (NLP) technology, technology that enables computers to automatically and efficiently process, annotate and analyze large amounts of spoken and written text in linguistically and/or pragmatically meaningful ways. It has become more desirable than ever before for language and linguistics researchers who use corpora in their research to gain an adequate understanding of the relevant NLP technology to take full advantage of its capabilities. This volume provides language and linguistics researchers with an accessible introduction to the state-of-the-art NLP technology that facilitates automatic annotation and analysis of large text corpora at both shallow and deep linguistic levels. The book covers a wide range of computational tools for lexical, syntactic, semantic, pragmatic and discourse analysis, together with detailed instructions on how to obtain, install and use each tool in different operating systems and platforms. The book illustrates how NLP technology has been applied in recent corpus-based language studies and suggests effective ways to better integrate such technology in future corpus linguistics research. This book provides language and linguistics researchers with a valuable reference for corpus annotation and analysis.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    ISBN: 9789400769915
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 212 p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Professional Learning and Development in Schools and Higher Education 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Developmental psychology
    Abstract: This book offers a challenge to traditional approaches to classroom teaching and pedagogy. The SPRinG (Social Pedagogic Research into Groupwork) project, part of a larger research programme on teaching and learning funded by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC), was developed to enhance the learning potential of pupils working in classroom groups by actively involving teachers in a programme designed to raise levels of group work during typical classroom learning activities. Internationally, the SPRinG project is the largest evaluation of effective group working methods in comparison to traditional teaching, with findings that show raised levels of pupil achievement and a doubling of sustained, active engagement in learning. The opening chapters present arguments regarding the relationship of social interaction and children’s cognitive development and examine theories that explain why social interactional processes should be integrated into primary school pedagogic practices. Next, the book describes the conceptual and methodological basis for the SPRinG studies, especially its focus on the relational approach, the type of involvement of teachers and classroom planning. Further chapters present key results and describe the background and methods used to establish SPRinG-based effects on pupil progress in mathematics, literacy and science, including both macro and micro assessments; how the SPRinG approach affected pupil-pupil interactions and teacher-pupil interactions, as measured by systematic on-the-spot observations and analyses of videotapes of groups working on specially designed tasks work; and effects on pupil self-completed measures of motivation and attitudes to group work. The book also analyses reflections of teachers who have worked with SPRinG: moving from theory to practice as well as adding insights associated with implementing SPRinG principles in schools. Drawing upon developmental psychological, social psychological and classroom research, it develops a new and ambitious social pedagogic approach to classroom learning, with a stress on group work, which will be of interest to researchers, teachers and policy-makers. This book includes contributions from Andrew Tolmie and Ed Baines, who were also involved in the ScotSPRinG and SPRinG projects
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; The Content of the Book: The SPRinG Approach; Who the Book Is Intended to Reach; Acknowledgements; Definitions; References; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1 Can the Grouping of Children in Classrooms Affect Their Learning; An Introduction to Social Pedagogy; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 How Does the Classroom Context Affect Learning?; 1.3 Grouping and Learning: A Preliminary View; 1.3.1 Cognitive Processes and Group Work in Schools; 1.3.2 Peer Relations; 1.4 Social Processes Underlying Group Work in Schools; 1.5 Relationships among Children as Learners within Group Work
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.6 The BookReferences; Chapter 2 Groups and Classrooms; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Background Issues in Promoting Development and Understanding via Effective Group Work in Classrooms: Understanding Pedagogy and Opening the `Black Box'; 2.3Experimental and Naturalistic Studies of Group Workin Primary School Classrooms; 2.3.1 Experimental Research; 2.3.2 Naturalistic Studies; 2.3.2.1 First Phase of Naturalistic Classroom Studies; Size and Number of Groupings in Classrooms; Types of Working Arrangements; Adult Support of Groupings; Group Composition; Curriculum Area and Task Type
    Description / Table of Contents: Summary of Phase 1 Studies and Some Concerns2.3.2.2 Second Phase of Naturalistic Classroom Studies; The Attainment Context Within the Classroom; Group Size and Number, and Classroom Seating and Working Arrangements; Working Interactions Within Groupings; Number of Adults in Classes and Adult Role in Relation to Groupings; Grouping Composition; Learning Task Type; Learning Task Type in Relation to Grouping Size; Interaction Type and Curriculum Area; 2.3.2.3 Some General Conclusions from Phase 2 Naturalistic Classroom Studies: Findings from Classroom Mapping; 2.4 Chapter Summary; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3 The SPRinG Project: The Intervention Programme and the Evaluation Methods3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The SPRinG Project; 3.2.1 The SPRinG Approach: Building on a Social Pedagogyof Classroom Learning; 3.2.1.1 Preparation of the Classroom Context for Group Work; Class Seating Arrangements; Group Size; The Number of Groups in the Class; Group Stability; Group Composition; 3.2.1.2 Preparation of Lessons and Activities Involving Group Work: Curriculum and Group Work Activities; 3.2.1.3 A Relational Approach to Facilitate Group Working
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.1.4 Involvement of Teachers in the Support of Group Work3.3 Evaluation of the SPRinG Programme: The Intervention and Research Design; 3.3.1 The SPRinG Programme and How it was Implemented; 3.3.1.1 Principles and Practices; 3.3.1.2 Training in Social, Communication and AdvancedGroup Working Skills; 3.4 Evaluating the SPRinG Project; 3.4.1 Research Design; 3.4.2 Samples; 3.4.3 Methods of Data Collection: Measures of Pupil Attainment, Classroom Behavior, Motivation/Attitudes to Learning and Classroom Implementation; 3.4.3.1 Pupil Attainment; Key Stage 1; Key Stage 2
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.3.2 Classroom Behaviour Measures
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400769588
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 843 p. 2 illus. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy—History. ; Philosophy ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy.
    Abstract: The History of Philosophy in Australia and New Zealand is a comprehensive account of the historical development of philosophy in Australia and New Zealand, from the establishment of the first Philosophy Chair in Australasia in 1886 at the University of Melbourne to the current burgeoning of Australasian philosophy. The work is divided into two broad sections, the first providing an account of significant developments and events during various periods in the history of Australasian philosophy, and the second focusing on ideas and theories that have been influential in various disciplines within Australasian philosophy. The work consists of chapters contributed by various philosophers, on specific fields of inquiry or historical periods within Australasian philosophy
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    ISBN: 9789048194735
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 988 p. 79 illus., 18 illus. in color. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Eemeren, Frans H. van, 1946 - Handbook of argumentation theory
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Logic ; Law ; Social sciences ; Linguistics. ; Argumentationstheorie
    Abstract: The Handbook Argumentation Theory provides an up to date survey of the various theoretical contributions to the development of argumentation theory for all scholars interested in argumentation, informal logic and rhetoric. It describes the historical roots of modern argumentation theory that are still an important theoretical background to contemporary approaches. Because of the complexity, diversity and rate of developments in argumentation theory, there is a real need for an overview of the state of the art, the main approaches that can be distinguished and the distinctive features of these approaches. The Handbook covers classical and modern backgrounds to the study of argumentation, the New Rhetoric developed by Perelman and Olbrechts-Tyteca, the Toulmin model, formal approaches, informal logic, communication and rhetoric, pragmatic approaches, linguistic approaches and pragma-dialectics. The Handbook is co-authored by Frans H. van Eemeren, Bart Garssen, Erik C.W. Krabbe, A. Francisca Snoeck Henkemans, Bart Verheij and Jean Wagemans, who are a coherent and prominent writing team whose expertise covers the whole field. The authors are assisted by an international Editorial Board consisting of outstanding argumentation scholars whose fields of interest are represented in the volume
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401794510
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 90 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy
    Abstract: This book addresses a tightly knit cluster of questions in the philosophy of mind. There is the question: Are mental properties identical with physical properties? An affirmative answer would seem to secure the truth of physicalism regarding the mind, i.e., the belief that all mental phenomena obtain solely in virtue of physical phenomena. If the answer is negative, then the question arises: Can this solely in virtue of relation be understood as some kind of dependence short of identity? And answering this requires answering two further questions. Exactly what sort of dependence on the physical does physicalism require, and what is needed for a property or phenomenon to qualify as physical? It is argued that multiple realizability still provides irresistible proof (especially with the possibility of immaterial realizers) that mental properties are not identical with any properties of physics, chemistry, or biology. After refuting various attempts to formulate nonreductive physicalism with the notion of realization, a new definition of physicalism is offered. This definition shows how it could be that the mental depends solely on the physical even if mental properties are not identical with those of the natural sciences. Yet, it is also argued that the sort of psychophysical dependence described is robust enough that if it were to obtain, then in a plausible and robust sense of ‘physical’, mental properties would still qualify as physical properties
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783319065267
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 338 p. 65 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Models and Modeling in Science Education 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Science teachers' use of visual representations
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Visualisierung
    Abstract: This book examines the diverse use of visual representations by teachers in the science classroom. It contains unique pedagogies related to the use of visualization, presents original curriculum materials as well as explores future possibilities. The book begins by looking at the significance of visual representations in the teaching of science. It then goes on to detail two recent innovations in the field: simulations and slowmation, a process of explicit visualization. It also evaluates the way teachers have used different diagrams to illustrate concepts in biology and chemistry. Next, the book explores the use of visual representations in culturally diverse classrooms, including the implication of culture for teachers’ use of representations, the crucial importance of language in the design and use of visualizations, and visualizations in popular books about chemistry. It also shows the place of visualizations in the growing use of informal, self-directed science education. Overall, the book concludes that if the potential of visualizations in science education is to be realized in the future, the subject must be included in both pre-service and in-service teacher education. It explores ways to develop science teachers’ representational competence and details the impact that this will have on their teaching. The worldwide trend towards providing science education for all, coupled with the increased availability of color printing, access to personal computers and projection facilities, has lead to a more extensive and diverse use of visual representations in the classroom. This book offers unique insights into the relationship between visual representations and science education, making it an ideal resource for educators as well as researchers in science education, visualization and pedagogy
    Description / Table of Contents: Section A: Research into teaching with visual representationsIntroduction -- Chapter 1 : The significance of visual representations in the teaching of science, B. Eilam, J.K. Gilbert -- Chapter 2 : Teaching and researching visual representations: Shared vision or divided world? S. Ainsworth & L. Newton -- Section B: Teachers’ selections, constructions and use of visual representations -- Introduction -- Chapter 3 : Representing visually: What teachers know and what they prefer, B. Eilam, Y. Poyas, R. Hasimshoni -- Chapter 4 : Slowmation: A process of explicit visualisation, J. Loughran -- Chapter 5 : Secondary biology teachers’ use of different types of diagrams for different purposes, Y. Liu, M. Won, D.F. Treagust -- Chapter 6 : Teaching stoichiometry with particulate diagrams - linking macro phenomena and chemical equations, M.W. Cheng, J.K. Gilbert -- Section C: Teachers’ use of visual representations in culturally-diverse classrooms -- Introduction -- Chapter 7 : Thoughts on visualizations in diverse cultural settings: The case of France and Pakistan, E. De Vries, M. Ashraf -- Chapter 8 : The implication of culture for teachers’ use of representations, B. Waldrip, S. Satupo, F. Rodie -- Chapter 9 : The interplay between language and visualization: The role of the teacher, L. Mammino -- Chapter 10: Visualizations in popular books about chemistry, J.K. Gilbert, A. Afonso -- Section D: Teachers’ supporting student learning from visual representations -- Introduction -- Chapter 11 : Teachers using interactive simulations to scaffold inquiry instruction in physical science education, D. Geelan, X.Fan -- Chapter 12: Transformed instruction: Teaching in a student-generated representations learning environment, O. Parnafes, R. Trachtenberg-Maslaton -- Chapter 13: The laboratory for making things: Developing multiple representations of knowledge, J. Bamberger -- Section E: Overview -- Chapter 14: Developing science teachers’ representational competence and its impact on their teaching, J.K.Gilbert, B. Eilam.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400743601
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 652 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 9
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 370
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Erziehung ; Naturwissenschaft ; Science / Study and teaching ; Education
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783531184869
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (322 p)
    Edition: 2nd ed
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Digitale Kultur und Kommunikation
    Series Statement: Digitale Kultur und Kommunikation Ser. v.2
    Parallel Title: Print version Digitale Jugendkulturen
    DDC: 305.235
    Keywords: Internet and teenagers.. ; Mass media and youth.. ; Youth ; Social life and customs.. ; Digital media ; Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Jugend ist gegenwärtig nicht nur Offline-Jugend, sondern zugleich Online-Jugend. Auch die in diesem Band im Mittelpunkt stehenden jugendkulturellen Vergemeinschaftungsformen, in deren Rahmen sich Jugendliche selbst darstellen, mit ihrer Identität auseinandersetzen und soziales Miteinander von Gleichgesinnten finden können 'sei es HipHop, Gothic, Techno oder sei es neuerdings die Emo- oder Visual Kei-Szene' sind heute nicht mehr denkbar ohne ihre Erweiterungen im Internet. Insofern sind Jugendkulturen immer auch digitale Jugendkulturen. Freilich nutzen nicht alle jugendkulturellen Gesellunge
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt; Vorwort; Digitale Jugendkulturen; 1. Mediatisierung und Nutzung digitaler Medien durch Jugendliche; 2. Die sozialwissenschaftlichen Diskurse über digitale Jugendkulturen; 3. Abschied von der Netz-Generation; Literatur; I. Kommunikative und kreative Praktiken; Jugendkulturen im Zeitalter der Mediatisierung; 1. Einleitung; 2. Kommunikative Konstitution von Jugendkulturen; 3. Jugendkulturen in mediatisierten Sozialwelten; 4. Fazit und Ausblick; Literatur; Vom Hipster zum Black Metal: True vs. Fake auf YouTube und flickr; 1. YouTube-Research: Clipkategorien
    Description / Table of Contents: 2. POSER, CASTING und DATING: Suchbegriffe für die jugendliche Selbstdarstellung auf YouTube?3. Jugendliche Bild-Gesten als Starpose: Gaahl=Satan; 4. Jugend-Bilder im Web 2.0 als mimetische Selbstdarstellung; Quellen; Anhang; Wenn Spieler Spiele umschreiben; 1. Einleitung; 2. Produktive Umgangsformen mit digitalen Medien; 3. Das Phänomen »Modding«; 4. Modding als manipulative Medienpraxis; 5. Total Conversions am Beispiel Counter-Strike; 6. Soziale Organisation von TC-Teams; 7. Ein Ausblick auf die manipulative Jugend; Literatur; Bildhandeln und Bildkommunikation in Social Network Sites
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Neue bunte Bilderwelten?2. Jugendkulturelle Selbststilisierung gestern und Bildhandeln heute; 3. Die Plastizität des digitalen Bilds; 4. Bilder im (digital) vernetzten, »gläsernen« Archiv; 5. Multilokale Präsenz und Erweiterung des Blick- und Aktionsfeldes; 6. Bilder als Kristallisationspunkt jugendkultureller Vergemeinschaftung; 7. Zusammenfassung und Fazit; Literatur; Zu den Künsten einer JugendKunstOnline: FanArt; 1. Der aktuelle FanArt Turn; 2. Animexx, deviantART und MangaCarta; 3. Dockingstation Kunst; 4. Zur »Kunstnähe« von FanArt; 4.1 Zeichner, Artwork und Galerien
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Kategorien, Stile und Bewertungskriterien5. Zu »genuinen« Fan-Künsten; 5.1 Collaborations und Oekaki; 5.3 Tutorials und Wettbewerbe; 6. Zu Ambivalenzen von FanArt & Kunst; Literatur; Medienkonvergente Interaktionen - Jugendliche im medialen Netz; 1. Einführung; 2. Medien - Nutzung - Konvergenz; 3. KünstlerInnen in den Medien als Ereignis und Media Spectacle; 4. Medienkonvergente Interaktionen - Jugendliche im medialen Netz; 5. Konklusionen; Literatur; II. Identitätssuche und Selbstsozialisation; Digitale Medien - Jugendkulturen - Identität
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Leben im Plural: Identitätsbildung in der Multioptionsgesellschaft2. Jugendund Medienkulturen als Bühnen der Selbstdarstellung; 3. Identitätsinszenierungen im Internet - zwei Fallbeispiele; 3.1 Online-Rollenspieler: Imaginierte Ich-Inszenierungen und Identitätsexperimente in virtuellen Räumen; 3.2 Zwischen Individualität und Konformität: Selbstdarstellungen und soziale Beziehungen auf Facebook; 4. Fazit: Identitätsarbeit online als performative Selbstinszenierung; Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: Girls Media - Feminist Media: Identitätsfindung, Selbstermächtigung und Solidarisierung von Mädchen und Frauen in virtuellen Räu
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781461488118
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (162 p)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Peace Psychology Book Series
    Series Statement: Peace Psychology Book Ser.
    Parallel Title: Print version Community Resilience to Sectarian Violence in Baghdad
    DDC: 155.8
    Keywords: Ethnic Conflict Congresses ; Ethnopsychology Congresses ; Resilience, Psychological Congresses ; Sects ; Social aspects.. ; Iraq ; Religion ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: The recent conflict in Iraq evolved from an insurgency against the interim U.S. led government (the Coalition Provisional Authority or CPA) into a sectarian civil war. Violence became widespread, especially in areas of Baghdad City such as Sadr City, Al Amiriyah, and Al Adhamiya. However, a number of multiethnic neighborhoods in Baghdad successfully prevented sectarian attitudes and behaviors from taking hold. Four communities stand out in their self-organization to prevent the escalation of violence. This book looks at what makes these communities different from other areas within Baghdad. In
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; 1 Introduction; Abstract; Al-Nil Raises a Question; A Subtle Difference; Resilience and Conflict; Methods; Research Sites; Multicultural Iraq; Amiriyya; Adhamiyya; Dura; Sadr City; Zafaraniyya; Bayaa; Palestine Street; Al-Dhubat; Karada and Kuraiaat; Overview of the Book; References; 2 Violence and Extremism: Sources of Sectarian Violence in Baghdad; Abstract; Constructivism, Identity, and Conflict; Identity Conflict Through a Constructivist Lens; Group Identities in Iraq: Religious and Tribal; Conclusion; References; 3 Conflict Drivers; Abstract
    Description / Table of Contents: Global and Regional LevelsState-Level Sources; EliteIndividual Level; References; 4 Conflict Escalation: The Sharpening of Sectarian Identity; Abstract; Psychological Changes; Group Changes; Change in Communities; Conclusion; References; 5 Resilience: Conceptual Foundations; Abstract; What is Resilience?; Regime Characteristics in Baghdad Neighborhoods; Regime Resilience; Modeling Conflict Resilience; Conclusion; References; 6 Social Capital; Abstract; Defining Social Capital; Relations Between People; Crosscutting Bonds; Overlapping Ties; Relations with "the Community"; Sense of Community
    Description / Table of Contents: Citizen ParticipationPlace Attachment; Conclusion; References; 7 Information and Communication; Abstract; Sources: Leaders, Media and Working Trust; Spaces for Information-Sharing and Communication; Narratives; Conclusions; References; 8 Economic Resources; Abstract; Socioeconomic Status; SES and Resilience to Violence; Mechanisms of Influence; Trade Networks; Conclusions; References; 9 Community Competence; Abstract; Psychological Components of Community Competence; Collective Efficacy; Inward Orientation; Behavioral Components of Community Competence
    Description / Table of Contents: Linkages Between Regime Characteristics and Community CompetencyConclusions; References; 10 Looking Ahead; Abstract; Structural Versus Relational Approaches to Resilience; Strengthening Community Resilience; Spaces for Visioning; Collaborative, Crosscutting Projects; Supporting Peace Leaders; Beyond Baghdad?; Concluding Thoughts; References; Author Biography; Index
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    ISBN: 9783658034405
    Language: German
    Pages: Online-Ressource (405 p)
    Edition: 2nd ed
    Parallel Title: Print version Kompetenz-Bildung
    DDC: 371.9
    Keywords: Interpersonal communication ; Social skills in children ; Social skills in adolescence ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Vor dem Hintergrund veränderter Bedingungen des Aufwachsens wird in der fachöffentlich geführten Bildungsdiskussion der Förderung sozialer, emotionaler und kommunikativer Kompetenzen von Kindern und Jugendlichen eine zunehmende Bedeutung beigemessen. Studien zeigen, dass die Förderung dieser Kompetenzen eine Verbesserung des sozialen Klimas in einer Klasse oder Schule sowie des Leistungsverhaltens zur Folge haben kann. Ist aber Schule der richtige Ort, um soziale, emotionale und kommunikative Kompetenz aufzubauen? Dieser Frage gehen die interdisziplinären Beiträge des Bandes nach, die f
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt; Einführung; Bildung, Kompetenz, Kompetenz-Bildung; 1 Bildungsfragen; 2 Kompetenzdiskurs; 3 Die Beiträge; Literatur; Begriffe - Möglichkeiten - Grenzen; Bildung sozialer, emotionaler und kommunikativer Kompetenzen - ein komplexer Prozess; 1 Individuelle oder kollektive Fähigkeiten ?; 2 Soziale Kompetenz im Spannungsfeld von Gleichaltrigenkultur und schulischer Ordnung; 3 Familiäre und schulische Einflüsse; 4 Bildung sozialer, emotionaler und kommunikativer Kompetenzen: ein komplexer Prozess; Literatur; Soft skills - destruktive Potentiale des Kompetenzdenkens; 1 Einleitend
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Was sind soft skills ?3 „Soft skills", „hard skills" und die viel missbrauchte Eisbergmetapher; 4 Die Attraktivität von Kompetenzmodellen: Kompetenzidealismus; 5 Zur Ideologie des Kompetenzdenkens; 6 „Replace the Negative with the Positive" - zur Moral der soft skills; Literatur; Entwicklungslinien in unterschiedlichen Kontexten; Veränderte Bedingungen des Aufwachsens - Jugendliche zwischen Moratorien, Belastungen und Bewältigungsstrategien; 1 Jugend als heterogene Lebensphase; 2 Die „Doppelrolle" der Familie; 3 Der wachsende Stellenwert der Schule; 4 Freizeit als Bildungszeit
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Peers als Bezugsgrößen im Jugendalter6 Problemverhalten und Entwicklungsprobleme; 6.1 Aufbau von Bewältigungsstrategien; 6.2 Bedingungen für Problembelastungen; 6.3 Deviantes und kriminelles Verhalten; 6.4 Drogenkonsum; 7 Fazit; Literatur; „Freizeit" und „Kultur" als Bildungsorte - Kompetenzerwerb über non-formale und informelle Praxen von Kindern und Jugendlichen; 1 Bildung ist mehr als Schule; 2 Bildung, Freizeit und kulturelle Praxen von Kindern und Jugendlichen - Hinweise und Vergewisserungen; 3 Kompetenzerwerb in informellen und non-formalen Praxen und Kontexten
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Lernen in informellen, nicht organisierten Bildungsräumen - Kinder und Jugendliche zwischen Freundschaftsnetzen und Medien3.2 Selbstbestimmte, institutionalisierte Bildungsräume: Lernmöglichkeiten in Vereinen, Jugendverbänden und über ehrenamtliches Engagement; 3.3 Non-formale, pädagogisch gerahmte Bildungsräume - Szenarien der einrichtungsbezogenen sozialen und kulturellen Kinder- und Jugendarbeit; 4 Blick für informelle und non-formale Formen des Kompetenzerwerbs sensibilisieren - Ausblick; Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: Der Wandel familialen Zusammenlebens und seine Bedeutung für die (schulischen) Bildungsbiographien der Kinder1 Familien heute sind auch alternative Familien; 2 Familien sind Scheidungsfamilien ?; 3 Kinder sind heute geschwisterlose Kinder ?; 4 Familie ist heute Mehrgenerationenfamilie; 5 Mütter sind heute berufstätige Mütter; 6 Familien sind auch arme Familien; 7 Familien sind mediatisierte Familien; 8 Familie ist Aushandlungsfamilie; 9 Eine kurze abschließende Bemerkung; Literatur; Frühkindliche Bildung - Basisbaustein der Bildungskarriere; 1 Zum Begriff „Frühkindliche Bildung"
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Theorien über die Entwicklung des Zugangs zur Welt
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    ISBN: 9789400762442
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 95 p. 28 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Population Studies
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Akbari, Syed A. Immigrants in regional labour markets of host nations
    RVK:
    Keywords: Arbeitsmigranten ; Bevölkerungsentwicklung ; Studierende ; Regionaler Arbeitsmarkt ; Kanada (Atlantikprovinzen) ; Emigration and immigration ; Economics ; Labor economics ; Population ; Demography ; Migration ; Labor economics ; Population ; Economics ; Demography ; Maritime Provinzen ; Einwanderer
    Abstract: List of charts -- List of tables -- Acknowledgements -- Foreword -- Chapter1: Introduction -- Chapter 2: Some Demographic Trends in Atlantic Canada: Potential Consequences and Policy Response -- Chapter 3: Immigration Trends in Atlantic Canada -- Chapter 4: Immigrants in the Labour Force of Atlantic Canada -- Chapter 5: International Students in Atlantic Canada -- Chapter 6: Summary and Policy Recommendations -- List of References
    Abstract: This book is the first to present a detailed analysis of economic integration of immigrants in smaller areas of their host nations. It uses Atlantic Canada as a case in point and uses unpublished data based on several databases of Statistics Canada and Citizenship and Immigration, Canada. It identifies best policy practices that can also be used in other countries to address demographic challenges similar to those facing Canada, for example population ageing and youth out-migration from smaller regions to larger regions, through immigration. Economic integration of immigrants in Atlantic Canada is faster and better than it is nationally. An overarching result is that an analysis of regional data can lead to very different policy conclusions than the analysis of national data, which means that it can be risky to devise immigration policy based only on national data. A clear message is that economic benefits from immigration can be enhanced by facilitating a broader geographic distribution of immigrants, rather than maintaining their concentration in a few larger urban regions. A must read for immigration and population policy makers, immigrant settlement agencies and academic researchers
    Description / Table of Contents: Immigrants in Regional Labour Markets of Host Nations; Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; 1 Introduction; Some Immigration Policy Initiatives Towards Regionalization in Australia, Canada, Germany and New Zealand; Australia; Canada; Germany; New Zealand; The Impact of Immigrant Regionalization on the Geographic Distribution of Immigrants in Canada; About This Book; References; 2 Some Demographic Trends in Atlantic Canada: Potential Consquences and Policy Response; Potential Consequences of Population Decline and Aging; Some Economic Consequences; Some Political Consequences
    Description / Table of Contents: 1…Nova Scotia's Aging WorkforcePublic Policy and Community Responses to Population Decline and Aging; 2…Employment Assistance to New Immigrants in Newfoundland and Labrador; 3…An Example of Cooperation Between Stakeholders in the Integration of Professional Immigrants in Nova Scotia; References; 3 Immigration Trends in Atlantic Canada; 1…The Rise and Fall of Immigration in Nova Scotia in the 1990s; The Rural--Urban Settlement Pattern of the Immigrant Population; Age Distribution Among New Immigrants; Composition of Immigrant Classes; Immigrant Source Countries
    Description / Table of Contents: Immigrant Retention in Atlantic CanadaEducation Levels Among Recent Immigrants; References; 4 Immigrants in the Labour Force of Atlantic Canada; Labour Market Performance of Immigrants; Labour Force Participation Rates; Unemployment Rates; Labour Market Earnings; Immigrants' Home Country Educational Credentials and Labour Force Activity; Skilled and Business Immigrants in the Atlantic Economy; Immigration of Highly Skilled Workers to Atlantic Canada; Provincial Distribution of Highly Skilled Immigrants; Business Immigration; 1…Immigrant Entrepreneurs in Atlantic Canada
    Description / Table of Contents: 2…The Immigrant Investor ProgramRural--Urban Labour Force Division; Immigrants' Use of Government Transfer Payments; References; 5 International Students in Atlantic Canada; 1…International Students Contribute Significantly to the Atlantic Economy; Annual Inflows of International Students; International Students by Level of Study; Source Countries of International Students; 2…Majority of International Students Want to Live in Atlantic Canada After Finishing Their Education (Results of Another Survey); References; 6 Summary and Policy Recommendations; Abstract
    Description / Table of Contents: Immigration Trends in Atlantic CanadaImmigrants in the Labour Market; International Students; Some Policy Implications that Emerge from Statistical Findings of Present Study; References; Epilogue; Appendix; References
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    ISBN: 9789400764255
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 324 p. 35 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Urban and Landscape Perspectives 15
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Space-time design of the public city
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Culture Study and teaching ; Medical research ; Regional planning ; Urban planning ; City planning ; Physics ; Regional economics ; Spatial economics ; Quality of life ; Geography ; Geography ; Quality of Life ; Regional planning ; Architecture ; Regional economics ; Quality of Life Research ; City planning ; Europe ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Stadtplanung ; Öffentlicher Raum ; Stadtplanung ; Öffentlicher Raum
    Abstract: Time has become an increasingly important topic in urban studies and urban planning. The spatial-temporal interplay is not only of relevance for the theory of urban development and urban politics, but also for urban planning and governance. The space-time approach focuses on the human being with its various habits and routines in the city. Understanding and taking those habits into account in urban planning and public policies offers a new way to improve the quality of life in our cities. Adapting the supply and accessibility of public spaces and services to the inhabitants’ space-time needs calls for an integrated approach to the physical design of urban space and to the organization of cities. In the last two decades the body of practical and theoretical work on urban space-time topics has grown substantially. The book offers a state of the art overview of the theoretical reasoning, the development of new analytical tools, and practical experience of the space-time design of public cities in major European countries. The contributions were written by academics and practitioners from various fields exploring space-time research and planning
    Description / Table of Contents: Urban Rhythms in the Contemporary CityWorking on Sunday: Regulations, Impacts and Perceptions of the Time-use Practices -- The Night and its Loss -- Re-populating the Night-time City: Hospitality and Gender -- Teenagers in the Contemporary City: Hypermodern Times, Spaces and Practices -- Time and Urban Morphology: Dispersed and Compact City Time Use in the Metropolitan Region of Barcelona -- Intermezzo: Time Walk -- Efficiency, Temporal Justice, and the Rhythm of Cities -- Accessibility of Public Spaces and Services - Theoretical Remarks, Practices and Instruments from Urban Time Planning -- Mobility, Accessibility and Social Equity - A Comparative and Interdisciplinary Empirical Study in the Metropolitan Areas of Milan, Bologna and Turin -- Beyond Vague Promises of Liveability: An Exploration of Walking in Everyday Life -- Encounters in Motion: Considerations of Time and Social Justice in Urban Mobility Research -- Intermezzo: Time Intervention in Public Spaces:  The Artist Mark Formanek -- Revisiting Exemplars of the Times-of-the-City Approach: The Viability of the ‘Neodiscipline’ Claim.. -- City, Urbanism, Social Sustainability and the Right to the City -- The Area Governance Plan and the Territorial Time Plan of the City of Bergamo: An Example of Temporal City Planning -- Time Policies in Italy: The Case of the Middle Adriatic Regions -- Studying Good Practices to Lesson-Drawing and Transfer: Introduction to the Causal Mechanisms Approach. A proposal for Exchanges Among European Networks on Time-oriented Policies -- Do Urban Time Policies have a Real Impact on Quality of Life? And which Methods are Apt to Evaluate Them? -- Further Research and Policy Perspectives.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746329
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 201 p. 42 illus., 26 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    RVK:
    Keywords: Biomedicine ; Medicine ; Oncology ; Human genetics ; Gene expression ; Stem cells ; Evolution (Biology) ; Krebs ; Telomer
    Abstract: Timing, racing, combating, struggling and targeting is some actions through which cellular fate could be reflected and evaluated. Interaction between cell territory and environment occur during pre-embryonic, fetal development, and post-natal periods. What the researchers observe as the outcome of telomeres behavior is only the peak of an ice mountain within a stormy ocean. Cellular life depends on programmed behavior of telomeres, capable to surprise the cells. Telomeres provide an introduction to the history of our cells which govern the quality of life and status of health. Telomeres as the cooperative territory are capable of stabilizing the chromosomal territory. The status of telomeres reflects the key information, announcing the real age of individuals, and may be a valuable marker for prognosis and predicting cancer. Telomere territory is characterized with a multi-disciplinary manner. Therefore, this book is aimed to offer a wide range of chapters, hoping to be useful for diverse audiences, including hematologists-oncologists, radiotherapists, surgeons, cancer researchers, and all the sectors who affect the macro- and micro- environmental domains. Finally, telomeres are sensitive, cooperative, and trustable targets. It is worth to state that ‘telomeres are messengers of NATURE’, let’s to know them as they are
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    ISBN: 9789400749399
    ISSN: 2211-8101
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 86 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Ethics 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Mallia, Pierre The nature of the doctor-patient relationship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Medicine ; Medicine & Public Health ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Psychology, clinical ; Medicine ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Psychology, clinical ; Physician and patient ; Interpersonal relations ; Physician-Patient Relations ; Philosophy, Medical ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: Introduction -- CHAPTER 1 Critical overview of principlist theories -- 1.1 The ‘Four-Principles’ Approach -- 1.1.1 Theoretical basis -- 1.1.2 The Paradigm case -- 1.1.3 The doctor-patient relationship -- 1.2 Robert Veatch’s model of Lexical Ordering -- 1.3 The Principle of Permission -- CHAPTER 2 Phenomenological roots of Principles -- 2.1 The nature of the physician-patient relationship -- 2.1.1 Communication -- 2.1.2 Goals of Medicine -- 2.1.3 The ‘care’ in Health Care -- 2.1.4 The special bond -- 2.2 The Principle of Beneficence and virtue -- 2.3 Nonmaleficence -- 2.3.1 Patient authority or trust -- 2.3.2 Epistemology -- 2.4 Respect for Autonomy -- 2.4.1 A historical and epistemological perspective -- 2.4.2 A cultural appraisal -- 2.5 The dual nature of Justice -- 2.5.1 The Justice of society -- 2.5.2 Justice in Health-Care -- CHAPTER 3 Principles as a consequence of the relationship -- 3.1 Need for grounding principles in -- the relationship -- 3.2 Defining the ontological entities -- 3.3 The physician as an entity -- 3.3.1 Levelling-down of medical relationships -- 3.3.2 Being as Understanding -- 3.4 The Patient as entity - potential for being truly-autonomous -- 3.4.1 Dimensions of the illness experience -- 3.4.2 True Autonomy and the Authenticity of the relationship -- 3.5 Hermeneutics of the relationship -- 3.6 Phenomenology of the clinical encounter -- CHAPTER 4 The principle of Justice in a secular society -- 4.1 Being-with-one-another and the Golden Rule -- 4.1.1 Being-with-one-another -- 4.1.2 The Golden Rule -- 4.2 Common Values -- 4.2.1 Implications in Bioethics -- 4.2.2 The naturalistic fallacy -- 4.3 Common morality and Being-with-one-another -- 4.3.1 Confronting rival traditions -- 4.3.2 Being-with-one-another -- CHAPTER 5 The question of social construct theories Reappraising and phenomenology of the doctor-patient relationship.- 5.1 Post-modernism and medicine -- 5.2 Socially constructed theories -- 5.3 A philosophy based on the phenomenology of the relationship -- 5.4 The ontology of the patient, the doctor and the relationship -- 5.5 Truth concealed -- 5.6 The Clinical Encounter -- CHAPTER 6.- Conclusion -- BIBLIOGRAPHY.
    Abstract: This book serves to unite biomedical principles, which have been criticized as a model for solving moral dilemmas by inserting them and understanding them through the perspective of the phenomenon of health care relationship. Consequently, it attributes a possible unification of virtue-based and principle-based approaches
    Description / Table of Contents: The Natureof the Doctor-PatientRelationship; Contents; 1 Introduction; 2 Critical Overview of Principlist Theories; 2.1…The 'Four-Principles' Approach; 2.1.1 Theoretical Basis; 2.1.2 The Paradigm Case; 2.1.3 The Doctor--Patient Relationship; 2.2…Robert Veatch's Model of Lexical Ordering; 2.3…The Principle of Permission; 3 Phenomenological Roots of Principles; 3.1…The Nature of the Physician--Patient Relationship; 3.1.1 Communication; 3.1.2 Goals of Medicine; 3.1.3 The 'Care' in Health Care; 3.1.4 The Special Bond; 3.2…The Principle of Beneficence and Virtue; 3.3…Nonmaleficence
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.1 Patient Authority or Trust3.3.2 Epistemology; 3.4…Respect for Autonomy; 3.4.1 A Historical and Epistemological Perspective of Autonomy; 3.4.2 A Cultural Appraisal; 3.5…The Dual Nature of Justice; 3.5.1 The Justice of Society; 3.5.2 Justice in Health-Care; 4 Principles as a Consequence of the Relationship; 4.1…Need for Grounding Principles in the Relationship; 4.2…Defining the Ontological Entities; 4.3…The Physician as an Entity; 4.3.1 Levelling-Down of Medical Relationships; 4.3.2 Being as Understanding; 4.4…The Patient as Entity: Potential for being Truly-Autonomous
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.1 Dimensions of the Illness Experience4.4.2 True Autonomy and the ''Authenticity'' of the Relationship; 4.5…Hermeneutics of the Relationship; 4.6…Phenomenology of the Clinical Encounter; 5 Conclusion; Bibilography;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400738706
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 298 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Ethics and Health Policy 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Ethics, health policy and (anti-) aging
    RVK:
    Keywords: Medicine & Public Health ; Medicine ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Medicine
    Abstract: Schermer and Pinxten - Introduction -- I. Science of on ageing and longevity -- Wim Pinxten; Scientists expectations of (anti-) aging research -- Joao De Magalhaes - Pertintent ethical issues in the genomics of ageing -- II. Images of age and ageing -- Soren Holm; Ecce Homo: the implicit anthropology of bioethics and the aging person -- Wim Dekkers; An anthropology of the aging person -- John Vincent; The anti-aging movement: contemporary cultures and the social construction of old age -- Bert Keizer; Why we don’t like old people -- Frans Meulenberg - Older people’s own views on age and aging -- III Ethics in care for elderly -- Cees Hertogh; Ethics and frail eldery -- Frits de Lange; Imagining good aging -- Govert den Hartogh - Death wishes of the elderly -- Dorothea Touwen; Former wishes and current desires - demented patients and their family -- members’ effort to decide what they would have wanted -- Anders Schinkel; Justice and the elderly -- IV Ethics and prolongevity -- John Harris; Enhancement: longevity/immortality? -- Hans van Delden; On the value of being mortal -- Inez de Beaufort; Will you still love me when I’m.? On beauty and aging -- Maartje Schermer; Old age is an incurable disease - or is it? -- Marianne Boenink; On shifting disease concepts and molecular medicine -- Hans Joerg Ehni; Life extension for all -- Struijs, Ten Have, Willems; Healthy aging and personal responsibility -- V Ethics in an aging society: policy implications -- Goran Hermeren; Policy implications of views expressed in this volume.
    Abstract: This volume is about the ethical and philosophical issues that arise in an aging society, and the implications of these issues for healthcare- and social policy. After a brief overview of biomedicine's changing approach of ageing and longevity and of the new expectations that these changes generate, various ethical, social, and policy issues that surround aging and longevity are discussed. First, the images and social meanings of aging and old age in our society are explored, including their normative dimensions and implications for policy. Next, ethical issues in the care for frail elderly are discussed, as well as notion of good care and end-of-life decisions. Finally, the ethical and social implications of emerging possibilities for anti-aging and lifespan extension are considered. The book concludes with an overview of the relevance of the issues discussed for policy making on professional, national and international levels
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    ISBN: 9789400764071
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 337 p. 32 illus., 25 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Genital cutting
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Medicine ; Ethics ; Pediatrics ; Surgery ; Anthropology ; Philosophy (General) ; Medicine & Public Health ; Medicine ; Ethics ; Pediatrics ; Surgery ; Anthropology ; Philosophy (General) ; Circumcision, Female ; Circumcision, Male ; Child Welfare ; Child Advocacy ; Congresses ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Beschneidung ; Menschenrecht ; Beschneidung ; Menschenrecht
    Abstract: This volume contains the proceedings of the 10th International Symposium on Circumcision, Genital Integrity, and Human Rights. Authors are international experts in their fields, and the book contains the most up-to-date information on the issue of genital cutting of infants and children from medical, legal, bioethical, and human rights perspectives.
    Abstract: Every year, across the globe, an estimated 13.3 million boys and 2 million girls are involuntarily subjected to genital cutting. Both male and female genital cutting persist, generating a multi-billion-dollar-a-year industry that is defended by its proponents with dubious studies, manipulated statistics, and an appeal to “custom.” Physicians and parents alike have been misled into believing that these mutilations are beneficial, necessary, and harmless. Today, flawed studies have allowed the promotion of circumcision as a way of combating HIV/AIDS in Africa, an experiment that failed in the USA, where a half-million circumcised males have succumbed to AIDS. These facts notwithstanding, the public and legal outcry against these abuses is increasing. For instance, the high court in Cologne, Germany ruled in 2012 that circumcision harms the child, that the harm is irreversible, that it denies the child the right to his own body, and that circumcision denies the individual the right to choose his own religion. Thus, the issue of circumcision has expanded beyond the arena of medicine and is firmly established as a human rights and legal problem. The contributors to this volume, an international panel of experts in the fields of medicine, law, ethics, anthropology, sociology, history, religion, and politics, thoroughly examine and elucidate this violation of human rights
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; 1 Tortured Bodies, Tortured Doctrines: Informed Consent as a Legal Fiction Inapplicable to Neonatal Male Circumcision; Abstract ; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Changes in Doctor-Patient Relationship Usher in Informed Consent; 1.1.2 Birth and Development of Informed Consent in Court Cases; 1.2 How Informed Consent Plays Out with Competent Adults; 1.2.1 Disclosure; Materiality; The Importance of Alternatives; 1.2.2 Voluntariness; Timing, Manner, Order; 1.2.3 CompetenceCapacity; 1.2.4 Understanding: The Forgotten Element; 1.2.5 Exceptions to Informed Consent with Competent Adults
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.6 Problems with Informed Consent for Competent Adults1.2.7 Informed Consent and Non-therapeutic or Elective Surgery on Competent Adults; 1.3 Substituted Judgment for Incompetent Adults; 1.3.1 Problems with Substituted Judgment for Incompetent Adults; 1.4 Proxy Permission for Never Competent Children; 1.4.1 Parent and Physician Duties in Proxy Permission for Never Competent Children; 1.5 Proxy Permission for Neonatal Circumcision on Never Competent Baby Boys; 1.5.1 Background of Proxy Permission for Neonatal Circumcision
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5.2 Medicalization Helps Justify and Perpetuate Neonatal Circumcision1.5.3 Disclosure: Circumcision; Materiality: Neonatal Circumcision; Importance of Alternatives: Circumcision; 1.5.4 Voluntariness: Neonatal Circumcision; Timing, Manner, Order: Neonatal Circumcision; 1.5.5 CompetenceCapacity of Proxy Agents: Neonatal Circumcision; 1.5.6 Understanding: The Forgotten Element Neonatal Circumcision; 1.5.7 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision: Conceptual Problems; 1.5.8 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision: Ethical Problems
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5.9 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision: Practical Problems and Considerations1.5.10 Proxy Consent to Neonatal Circumcision as a Non-therapeutic, Elective Procedure; 1.6 Conclusion; References; 2 Routine Infant Circumcision: Vital Issues that the Circumcision Proponents may be Overlooking; Abstract ; 2.1 Bioethics and Human Rights; 2.2 Foreskin Function; 2.3 Harms and Risks; 2.4 Medical Issues; 2.5 Penile Problems; 2.6 Cancer; 2.6.1 Sexually Transmitted Infections; 2.7 Conclusion; References; 3 The Smart Penis; Abstract ; 3.1 The Smart Penis; References; 4 The Harm of Circumcision
    Description / Table of Contents: Abstract 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Consequences of Circumcision; 4.3 Physical Consequences; 4.4 Psychological Consequences; 4.5 Cultural Consequences; References; 5 Evolution of Circumcision Methods: Not "Just a Snip"; Abstract ; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 History; 5.2.1 Circumcision Forceps; 5.2.2 Harris Clamp; 5.3 Disposable Devices; 5.4 Summary of Methods; 5.5 Instruments and Fetishism; References; 6 Penile Wounding: Complications of Routine Male Circumcision in a Typical American Family Practice; Abstract ; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Background; 6.3 Observations and Measurements; 6.4 Demographics
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4.1 Age, Height, and Weight
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400755116
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (488 p)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: International Handbooks of Population v.5
    Parallel Title: Print version International Handbook on the Demography of Sexuality
    DDC: 304.61
    Keywords: Sexual minorities -- Statistics ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: The International Handbook on the Demography of Sexuality is the first book to specifically address the study of sexuality from a demographic perspective. Demographic research has largely paid little attention to sexuality as a whole, or sexual orientation in particular, other than in studies examining the "consequences" of sex - sexually transmitted infections or fertility. Instead, the content of this handbook explores population sexuality in order to describe the prevalence of sexual behaviors, desires, and identities, as well as their connections with other demographic outcomes. The focus
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Part I: Introduction to the Demography of Sexuality; 1: Introduction: The Demography of Sexuality; Introduction; A Brief History of Sex Research; Alfred Kinsey; Sex Research After Kinsey; The Demography of Sexuality; References; 2: Sexual Behavior and Practices: Data and Measurement; Introduction; Surveying Sexual Behavior: Alfred Kinsey; A Short History of Sexual Behavior in Surveys Post-Kinsey; Methodological and Measurement Issues in the Study of Sexual Behavior; Sampling Error: Population Definition and Inclusion, Participation, and Selection; Measurement Error
    Description / Table of Contents: Conclusion: The Future of Research on Sexual BehaviorReferences; 3: Best Practices: Collecting and Analyzing Data on Sexual Minorities; Introduction; Why Ask Questions Designed to Identify Sexual Minorities; Measuring Sexual Orientation on Surveys: What to Ask; Recommended Survey Items and Their Rationale 3; Self-Identification; Sexual Behavior; Sexual Attraction; Transgender Status and Gender Noncomformity; Recommended Survey Items to Accompany Questions About Sexual Orientation; Other Recommendations for Measuring Sexual Orientation
    Description / Table of Contents: Measuring Sexual Orientation on Surveys: How and Where to AskItem Placement; Survey Mode; Sampling Issues; Developmental and Cultural Considerations in Collecting Data on Sexual Orientation; Adolescents; What to Ask; Use of Terms; Older Adults; Race/Ethnicity and Culture; Measurement; What to Ask; Factors Influencing Identity Formation; Best Practices For Analyses of Sexual Orientation Data; Consideration of Differences among Non-Heterosexual Responses; Survey Methodology and Measurement Reliability and Validity; Demographic Subgroup Analyses; Socio-political and Policy Issues; Temporal Issues
    Description / Table of Contents: Measurement ErrorOther Issues and Future Directions; References; Part II: Sexual Practices: The Global Picture; 4: Sexual Behavior, Sexual Attraction, and Sexual Identity in the United States: Data from the 2006-2010 National Survey of Family Growth; Introduction; Selected Previous Studies; Methods; Data Source; Use of ACASI; Demographic Variables Used in This Chapter; Measurement of Sexual Behavior in NSFG ACASI; Types of Sexual Behavior for Female Respondents; Types of Sexual Behavior for Male Respondents; Numbers of Opposite-Sex Sexual Partners
    Description / Table of Contents: Measurement of Sexual Attraction and Sexual Identity in NSFG ACASIStrengths and Limitations of the Data; Statistical Analysis; Results; Types of Sexual Behavior with Opposite-Sex and Same-Sex Partners; Numbers of Opposite-Sex Sexual Partners in Lifetime; Same-Sex Sexual Activity; Sexual Identity and Sexual Attraction; Association of Sexual Behavior, Sexual Attraction, and Sexual Identity; Conclusion; References; 5: Sexual Practices of Latin America and the Caribbean; Introduction; Data and Methodology; Trends in Early Sexual and Reproductive Events; Context of Sexual Activity During Adulthood
    Description / Table of Contents: Sexual Violence
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    ISBN: 1299876994 , 9781299876996 , 9789400766716
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Educating the young child v.7
    Series Statement: Educating the Young Child Ser. v.7
    Parallel Title: Print version Early Childhood and Neuroscience - Links to Development and Learning
    DDC: 372.21
    Keywords: Child development ; Cognitive neuroscience ; Early childhood education ; Child development.. ; Neurosciences ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Information from neuroscience is growing and being properly used, and misused wich makes it imperative that educators receive accurate and practical information. This book provides the accurate and practical information educators (pre-service and in-service) and caregivers serving children birth through age 8 need to know. This volume takes a practical and cautionary stance. It reminds educators to consider the ethical implications of neuroscience when it is applied to education, reviews current findings from neuroscience and reveals the dangers of oversimplification and inappropriate extensio
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface ; Educational Neuroscience and the Double Entendre; References; Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; How Does a Volume Such as This Come Together?; Importance of This Book for Educating Today's Children; Overview of Book; Conclusion; Chapter 2: The Practical and Ethical Concerns of Using Neuroscience to Teach Young Children and Help Them Self-Regulate; Introduction; Ethical and Moral Issues Arising from Neuroscience; Education as an Ethical/Moral Enterprise; Neuroscience, Educators, and Ethical Decisions; A Utilitarian Approach to Moral Decisions
    Description / Table of Contents: A Rights Approach to Moral Decisions A Fairness or Justice Approach to Moral Decisions; A Common-Good Approach to Moral Decisions; A Virtue Approach to Moral Decisions; References; Chapter 3: Neuroscience: The Genesis of Our Individual Brain Strengths; Introduction; Brain-Based Aspects of Multiple Intelligences; The Environment Part I: The MI Early Childhood Classroom (ECC); The Observations; Heredity Influences: Neurologically Speaking, Each Brain Is Unique; Studying the Outside of the Brain; Looking from the Inside-Out: Brain Development in Utero
    Description / Table of Contents: How Do Our Individual Brain-Based Preferences Develop? Neural Networks Are Knowledge; What About Our Three ECE Students' Brain-Based Strengths?; The Wisdom of Activating Prior Knowledge; Individual Brain Talents; Practical Applications: Using the Environment to Develop Students' Neurological Gifts and Remediate Their Underdeveloped MI Areas; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Reading and the Young Brain; The Convergence of Neurosciences, Psychology, and Education; Reading Development in Young Children; Experiences Shape Brain Development; While Language Is Innate, Reading Is Not
    Description / Table of Contents: Learning Two Languages Doesn't Suppress Either Repetition Leads to Automaticity; We Are Hardwired to Imitate; Practical Applications; References; Chapter 5: Brain Development, Early Childhood, and Brain-Based Education: A Critical Analysis; Introduction; Neural Development; Prenatal Development; Postnatal Development; Importance of Myelin; Life Span Changes in the Brain; Repairing an Injured Brain; Practical Applications; The Brain, Educational Policy, and Critical Periods; "Right" Versus "Left" Brain; Brain Lateralization and Gender Differences; Brain-Compatible Teaching
    Description / Table of Contents: Brain-Compatible Teaching, Learning Styles, and Multiple Intelligences Exercising the Brain; Summary; References; Chapter 6: Addressing the Affective Domain: What Neuroscience Says About Social/Emotional Development in Early Childhood; Introduction; The Affective Domain and Its Role in Learning; Brain Architecture; Critical Periods of Brain Development; Nature and Nurture, Not Nature or Nurture; Neuroplasticity of the Brain; The Environment and Its Impact on Emotional Development; Relationships with Caregivers; The Inseparability of Thoughts and Feelings; Expressing Emotions
    Description / Table of Contents: Nurturing Emotional Development
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400760912
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 389 p. 35 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Cellucci, Carlo, 1940 - Rethinking logic
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Computer science ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logik ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung
    Abstract: This volume examines the limitations of mathematical logic and proposes a new approach to logic intended to overcome them. To this end, the book compares mathematical logic with earlier views of logic, both in the ancient and in the modern age, including those of Plato, Aristotle, Bacon, Descartes, Leibniz, and Kant. From the comparison it is apparent that a basic limitation of mathematical logic is that it narrows down the scope of logic confining it to the study of deduction, without providing tools for discovering anything new. As a result, mathematical logic has had little impact on scientific practice. Therefore, this volume proposes a view of logic according to which logic is intended, first of all, to provide rules of discovery, that is, non-deductive rules for finding hypotheses to solve problems. This is essential if logic is to play any relevant role in mathematics, science and even philosophy. To comply with this view of logic, this volume formulates several rules of discovery, such as induction, analogy, generalization, specialization, metaphor, metonymy, definition, and diagrams. A logic based on such rules is basically a logic of discovery, and involves a new view of the relation of logic to evolution, language, reason, method and knowledge, particularly mathematical knowledge. It also involves a new view of the relation of philosophy to knowledge. This book puts forward such new views, trying to open again many doors that the founding fathers of mathematical logic had closed historically
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceChapter 1. Introduction -- Part I. Ancient Perspectives -- Chapter 2. The Origin of Logic -- Chapter 3. Ancient Logic and Science -- Chapter 4. The Analytic Method -- Chapter 5. The Analytic-Synthetic Method -- Chapter 6. Aristotle's Logic: The Deductivist View -- Chapter 7. Aristotle's Logic: The Heuristic View -- Part II. Modern Perspectives -- Chapter 8. The Method of Modern Science -- Chapter 9. The Quest for a Logic of Discovery -- Chapter 10. Frege's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 11. Gentzen's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 12. The Limitations of Mathematical Logic -- Chapter 13. Logic, Method, and the Psychology of Discovery -- Part III: An Alternative Perspective -- Chapter 14. Reason and Knowledge -- Chapter 15. Reason, Knowledge and Emotion -- Chapter 16. Logic, Evolution, Language and Reason -- Chapter 17. Logic, Method and Knowledge -- Chapter 18. Classifying and Justifying Inference Rules -- Chapter 19. Philosophy and Knowledge -- Part IV: Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 20. Induction and Analogy -- Chapter 21. Other Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 22. Conclusion -- References -- Name Index -- Subject Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographies and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400761308
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (290 p)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Knowledge and Space v.5
    Parallel Title: Print version Knowledge and the Economy
    DDC: 306.43
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Informationsgesellschaft ; Wissensintensives Unternehmen ; Regionalentwicklung ; Wirtschaftsgeografie ; Welt
    Abstract: The broad spectrum of topics surrounding what is termed the 'knowledge economy' has attracted increasing attention from the scientific community in recent years. The nature of knowledge-intensive industries, the spatiality of knowledge, the role of proximity and distance in generating functional knowledge, the transfer of knowledge via networks, and the complex interplay between knowledge, location and economic development are all live academic issues. This book, the fifth volume in Springer's Knowledge and Space series, focuses on the last of these: the multiple relationships between knowledg
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Contributors; Part I: Knowledge Creation and the Geography of the Economy; Chapter 1: Introduction: Knowledge and the Geography of the Economy; Knowledge and the Economy; Knowledge and Geography; The Structure of This Book; References; Chapter 2: Relations Between Knowledge and Economic Development: Some Methodological Considerations; Open Questions and Shortcomings in the Discussion on the Diffusion of Codified Knowledge; The Importance of Having a Lead in Information, Knowledge and Technology
    Description / Table of Contents: The Economic "Utility" of Literacy, Educational Attainment and Research in the Course of HistoryThe Spatial Dimension's Significance in the Generation and Diffusion of Knowledge; What Is the Added Value of Considering Spatial Structures and Contexts?; How Can a Milieu or Context of Action Be Defined?; Possible Conceptions of the Relations Between Milieu and Actor; How Relevant Are Spatial Proximity and Distance to the Generation of Knowledge? 5; The Significance of the Scale of Inquiry
    Description / Table of Contents: The Time Dimension's Significance in the Analysis of the Relation Between Knowledge and Economic DevelopmentConclusion; References; Chapter 3: A Microeconomic Approach to the Dynamics of Knowledge Creation; A Model of Collective Invention; Revisiting the Traditional Arrovian Hypotheses; The Vital Role of Knowing Communities; The Process of Collective Invention Viewed as a Codification Process; The Central Role of Boundary Spanners; The Stabilization Phase of the Process of Invention: Meeting the Traditional Conditions; The Respective Roles of Organizations, Individuals, and Communities
    Description / Table of Contents: The Process of Innovation Beyond the Phase of EmergenceSome Main Consequences of the Model of Collective Invention; The Consequences for the Interpretation of Property Rights; The Consequences in Terms of Creative Clusters; Conclusion; Appendix; References; Chapter 4: Knowledge Creation and the Geographies of Local, Global, and Virtual Buzz; The Role of Proximity and F2F Interaction; Permanent Co-presence in Clusters and Local Buzz; Organizational Co-presence in Global Networks; Temporary F2F Interaction and Global Buzz; CMC Versus F2F Collaboration in Groups and Corporations; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 5: Creativity: Who, How, Where?; Who Is Creative?; Cultural Industries and Creative Industries; Creative Organizations: How to Manage Creativity-Or at Least Facilitate It; Where Does Creativity Happen? Creative Places; Why Creativity Needs Cities; The Example of Google; Conclusions; References; Chapter 6: The Problem of Mobilizing Expertise at a Distance; Conceptualizing the Organizational Challenge of Knowledge Transfer; Trading off Organizational Coherence and Geographical Expansion; Know-Who: Networks of Personal Knowledge Transfer; The Case of MILECS; Data and Methods
    Description / Table of Contents: How Vulnerable Is the MILECS Knowledge Network?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    ISBN: 9789400766952
    Language: English
    Pages: xii, 296 p. , ill.
    DDC: 304.2
    RVK:
    Keywords: Neighborhoods ; Urban policy ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    ISBN: 9789400762411
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 207 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Contemporary perspectives on early modern philosophy
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy, Modern ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Philosophie ; Natur ; Wahrnehmung ; Norm ; Geschichte 1600-1800
    Abstract: Normativity has long been conceived as more properly pertaining to the domain of thought than to the domain of nature. This conception goes back to Kant and still figures prominently in contemporary epistemology, philosophy of mind and ethics. By offering a collection of new essays by leading scholars in early modern philosophy and specialists in contemporary philosophy, this volume goes beyond the point where nature and normativity came apart, and challenges the well-established opposition between these all too neatly separated realms. It examines how the mind’s embeddedness in nature can be conceived as a starting point for uncovering the links between naturally and conventionally determined standards governing an agent’s epistemic and moral engagement with the world. The original essays are grouped in two parts. The first part focuses on specific aspects of theories of perception, thought formation and judgment. It gestures towards an account of normativity that regards linguistic conventions and natural constraints as jointly setting the scene for the mind’s ability to conceptualise its experiences. The second part of the book asks what the norms of desirable epistemic and moral practices are. Key to this approach is an examination of human beings as parts of nature, who act as natural causes and are determined by their sensibilities and sentiments. Each part concludes with a chapter that integrates features of the historical debate into the contemporary context
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Nature and Norms in Thought; 1.1 Part I Nature's Influence on the Mind; 1.2 Part II Shaping the Norms of Our Intellectual and Practical Engagement with the World; References; Part I: Nature's Influence on the Mind; Chapter 2: Intentionality Bifurcated: A Lesson from Early Modern Philosophy?; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Descartes; 2.2.1 Propositional Ofness; Proposition principle; 2.2.2 Why Propositional Ofness Is Not Enough; Third Meditation scenario; 2.2.3 Representational Ofness; Reflective improvement of ideas; 2.3 Locke; 2.3.1 Propositional Ofness
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2 Why Propositional Ofness Is Not Enough2.3.3 Representational Ofness; Conformity by correlation; Representation ofness and adequacy; Projectibility and explanatory constitutions; 2.4 Cartesian and Lockean Rationalism; Lockean rationalism; Cartesian rationalism; 2.5 A Lesson for Current Debates?; References; Chapter 3: Ideas as Thick Beliefs: Spinoza on the Normativity of Ideas; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Four Basic Tenets; 3.3 Two Kinds of Normativity; 3.4 No Content Without Attitude; 3.5 Content Determination Through Conative Attitudes; 3.6 Conscious Ideas as Thick Beliefs; 3.7 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Three Problems in Locke's Ontology of Substance and Mode; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Contrast Between Substances and Modes; 4.3 The First Problem; 4.4 The Second Problem; 4.5 The Third Problem; 4.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Kant on Imagination and the Natural Sources of the Conceptual; 5.1 The Faculty of Presentation; 5.2 Image-Models; 5.3 Synthesis; 5.4 A 'Threefold Synthesis'; 5.5 The Synopsis of Sense; 5.6 Synthesis a Priori and the Concept of Guidance; References; Chapter 6: Naturalized Epistemology and the Genealogy of Knowledge; 6.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Kornblith's Criticism of Craig6.3 Is Knowledge a Natural Kind?; 6.4 Craig's Genealogy of Knowledge; 6.5 Genealogy and Naturalized Epistemology; 6.6 Conclusion; References; Part II: Shaping the Norms of Our Intellectual and Practical Engagement with the World; Chapter 7: Sensibility and Metaphysics: Diderot, Hume, Baumgarten, and Herder; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Diderot; 7.3 Hume; 7.4 Baumgarten; 7.5 Sensibility; 7.6 Herder; References; Chapter 8: Back to the Facts - Herder on the Normative Role of Sensibility and Imagination; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Concept Formation; 8.3 Herder's Holism
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.4 Imagining as a Form of Discovery8.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 9: Extending Nature: Rousseau on the Cultivation of Moral Sensibility; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Unnatural Distortions; 9.3 Society's Education; 9.4 Cultivating Moral Sensibility; References; Chapter 10: The Piacular, or on Seeing Oneself as a Moral Cause in Adam Smith; 10.1 Introduction and Theses; 10.2 Sympathy and Knowledge of Causal Relations 5; 10.3 Causation and Rationality; 10.4 We (Ought to) See Ourselves as Causes!; 10.5 Norms of Appeasement; 10.6 The Language of Superstition; 10.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 11: Explaining and Describing: Panpsychism and Deep Ecology
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765641
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXV, 200 p. 22 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Law, Governance and Technology Series 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Pagallo, Ugo The laws of robots
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ethics ; Artificial intelligence ; Computers Law and legislation ; Civil law ; Criminal Law ; Law ; Law ; Ethics ; Artificial intelligence ; Computers Law and legislation ; Civil law ; Criminal Law ; Computer ; Privatrecht ; Strafrecht ; Roboter ; Recht
    Abstract: This book explores how the design, construction, and use of robotics technology may affect today’s legal systems and, more particularly, matters of responsibility and agency in criminal law, contractual obligations, and torts. By distinguishing between the behaviour of robots as tools of human interaction, and robots as proper agents in the legal arena, jurists will have to address a new generation of “hard cases.” General disagreement may concern immunity in criminal law (e.g., the employment of robot soldiers in battle), personal accountability for certain robots in contracts (e.g., robo-traders), much as clauses of strict liability and negligence-based responsibility in extra-contractual obligations (e.g., service robots in tort law). Since robots are here to stay, the aim of the law should be to wisely govern our mutual relationships
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Chapter 1: Introduction; Chapter 2: On Law, Philosophy and Technology; 2.1 The Philosophy of Law and Robots; 2.1.1 The Law in Literature; 2.1.2 Sources, Concepts, and Legal Reasoning; 2.1.3 The Levels of Abstraction; 2.2 The Principle of Responsibility; 2.2.1 Immunity; 2.2.2 Strict Liability; 2.2.3 Personal Fault; 2.2.4 Responsibility for a Robot; 2.3 Agency and Accountability of Artificial Agents; 2.3.1 A Moral Threshold; 2.3.2 Agents Before the Law; 2.4 Who Pays?; Chapter 3: Crimes; 3.1 Sci-Fi Scenarios
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 The States of Mind and Criminal Acts3.3 Robots and Just Wars; 3.3.1 What Robots Might Change; 3.3.2 Just Causes of War; 3.3.3 Conditions of Just Wars; 3.3.4 Proportionality; 3.4 The Phenomenology of Picciotto Roboto; 3.4.1 Picciotto by Design; 3.4.2 Crimes of Intent; 3.4.3 Crimes of Negligence; 3.5 A Failure of Causation?; Chapter 4: Contracts; 4.1 Pacts, Clauses and Risk; 4.2 The Artificial Doctor; 4.2.1 Parties, Counterparties and Third Parties; 4.2.2 Producers, Users and Patients; 4.3 Robo-Traders; 4.3.1 Artificial Greediness; 4.3.2 The Robot and the Principal
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3.3 A New Agent in Town4.4 Modern Robots, Ancient Slaves; 4.4.1 The Digital Peculium; 4.5 The UV Revolution; 4.5.1 AI Chauffeurs and Intelligent Car Sharing; 4.5.2 Unjust Damages; Chapter 5: Torts; 5.1 Bad Intentions; 5.2 Children, Pets and Negligence; 5.2.1 American Parents; 5.2.2 Italian Parents; 5.3 AI Employees and Strict Liability Rules; 5.3.1 The Digital Peculium Revisited; 5.4 Burdens of Proof; 5.4.1 The Precautionary Principle; 5.4.2 Robotic Openness; Chapter 6: Law as Meta-technology; 6.1 Robots as Legal Persons; 6.1.1 The Front of Robotic Liberation; 6.1.2 The Pragmatic Stance
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Robots as Strict Agents6.3 Sources of Good and Evil; 6.4 Levels of Complexity; 6.4.1 Technologies of Social Control; 6.4.2 The Political Requirement; Conclusions; References
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    ISBN: 9789400724457
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 377 p. 5 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Vitalism and the scientific image in Post-Enlightenment life science, 1800-2010
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Medicine ; Biological models ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Medicine ; Biological models ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Vitalismus ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Geschichte 1800-2010
    Abstract: Vitalism is understood as impacting the history of the life sciences, medicine and philosophy, representing an epistemological challenge to the dominance of mechanism over the last 200 years, and partly revived with organicism in early theoretical biology. The contributions in this volume portray the history of vitalism from the end of the Enlightenment to the modern day, suggesting some reassessment of what it means both historically and conceptually. As such it includes a wide range of material, employing both historical and philosophical methodologies, and it is divided fairly evenly between 19th and 20th century historical treatments and more contemporary analysis. This volume presents a significant contribution to the current literature in the history and philosophy of science and the history of medicine
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Chapter 1: V italism and the Scientific Image: An Introduction; 1 Vitalism: Origin, History, and Transformation; 2 Final Thoughts; References; Part I: Revisiting Vitalist Themes in Nineteenth-Century Science; Chapter 2: Jean-Baptiste Lamarck and the Place of Irritability in the History of Life and Death; 1 The History of Life and Death; 2 A "Flood of Light": The Notion of Intussusception in Lamarck's Account of Organic Change; 3 Irritability in Lamarck's Theory of the Animal Being; 4 The Interplay of Life and Nature in Lamarck's Work
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Irritability and Evolution in Lamarck's System of NatureReferences; Chapter 3: Rethinking Organic Vitality in Germany at the Turn of the Nineteenth Century; 1 Introduction; 2 Vital Principles and a Science of Life; 3 Investigating the Material Conditions of Organic Vitality; 4 New Conceptions of Organic Vitality; References; Chapter 4: The "Novel of Medicine"; 1 The Physiological Obsession; 2 The Life of the Social Body; 3 The Body of Thought; 4 The Style of Physiology; 5 Romances of Physiology; References; Chapter 5: Life and the Mind in Nineteenth-Century Britain; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Phrenology: George Combe Versus William Hamilton3 Reflex Action: Marshall Hall Versus the World; 4 Cerebral Reflex Function: Thomas Laycock Versus "Vindex"; 5 Conclusion; References; Part II: Twentieth-Century Debates on Vitalism in Science and Philosophy; Chapter 6: Vitalism Versus Emergent Materialism; 1 Introduction; 2 Amnesia Versus Evolution; 3 Emergentism Cures Vitalism; 4 Hans Driesch's Vitalism; 5 Teleology and Mechanism; 6 How Does Entelechy Work?; 7 Some Responses to Driesch's Vitalism; 8 The Emergentists; 9 J. Arthur Thomson on the Autonomy of Biology
    Description / Table of Contents: 10 Arthur Lovejoy on the Disunity of Science11 Jennings on Downward Causation; 12 Conclusions; References; Chapter 7: Life as an Emergent Phenomenon: From an Alternative to Vitalism to an Alternative to Reductionism; 1 Introduction; 2 Life as an Emergent Phenomenon: A Nineteenth-Century Legacy; 3 Emergence as an Alternative to Vitalism and Mechanism; 4 Scientific Setbacks to Emergence; 5 Philosophical Setbacks to Emergence; 6 The Special Sciences and the Criticism of Logical Empiricism Regarding the Rescue of "Emergence"
    Description / Table of Contents: 7 Unexpected Support from the Physical Sciences: Complex-Systems Studies and Artificial Life8 The Re-emergence of Emergence in the Life Sciences; 9 Emergence, Life and the Origin of Life; 10 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: Wilhelm Reich: Vitalism and Its Discontents; 1 Reich and the History of Vitalism; 2 Orgone Energy: A "Vital Force"?; 3 Reich, Revolution and Politics; 4 Reich, the Counter-Culture and the Popular Consciousness; 5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 9: Vitalism and Teleology in Kurt Goldstein's Organismic Approach; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Goldstein's Organicism at the Turn of the Nineteenth Century
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    ISBN: 9789400764767
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 241 p. 50 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Language alternation, language choice and language encounter in international tertiary education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Hochschule ; Sprachkontakt
    Abstract: Reflecting the increased use of English as lingua franca in today’s university education, this volume maps the interplay and competition between English and other tongues in a learning community that in practice is not only bilingual but multilingual. The volume includes case studies from Japan, Australia, South Africa, Germany, Catalonia, China, Denmark and Sweden, analysing a range of issues such as the conflict between the students’ native languages and English, the reality of parallel teaching in English as well as in the local language, and classrooms that are nominally English-speaking but multilingual in practice. The book assesses the factors common to successful bilingual learners, and provides university administrators, policy makers and teachers around the world with a much-needed commentary on the challenges they face in increasingly multilingual surroundings characterized by a heterogeneous student population. Patterns of language alternation and choice have become increasingly important to the development of an understanding of the internationalisation of higher education that is occurring world-wide. This volume draws on the extensive and varied literature related to the sociolinguistics of globalisation - linguistic ethnography, discourse analysis, language teaching, language and identity, and language planning - as the theoretical bases for the description of the nature of these emerging multilingual communities that are increasingly found in international education. It uses observational data from eleven studies that take into account the macro (societal), meso (university) and micro (participant) levels of language interaction to explicate the range of language encounters - highlighting both successful and problematic interactions and their related language ideologies. Although English is the common lingua franca, the studies in the volume highlight the importance of the multilingual resources available to participants in higher educational institutions that are used to negotiate and solve their language problems. The volume brings to our attention a range of important insights into language issues found in the internationalisation of higher education, and provides a resource for those wishing to understand or do research on how language hybridity and multilingual communicative practices are evolving there. Richard B. Baldauf Jr., Professor, The University of Queensland
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Notes on Contributors; Hybridity and Complexity: Language Choice and Language Ideologies; References; Part I: The Local Language as a Resource in Social, Administrative and Learning Interactions; Kitchen Talk - Exploring Linguistic Practices in Liminal Institutional Interactions in a Multilingual University Setting; 1 Introduction; 2 Data and Method; 3 Analysis; Changing Engagement Frameworks and Language Choice; Language Consistency; Language Alternation; Negotiating Language Choice and Social Identity; Enforcing English as the Norm; Language and Identity: Playing with Stereotypes
    Description / Table of Contents: Identity Potential and Potential Problems with Using the Local LanguageLanguage/Medium Alternation as Proficiency Practice; 4 Discussion; Appendix: Transcription Conventions; References; Japanese and English as Lingua Francas: Language Choices for International Students in Contemporary Japan; 1 Introduction; 2 The Current Study; Participants; Methods of Data Collection and Analysis; 3 Data Analysis; Insertive Use of English as a LF; Example 1; Example 2; Example 3; Preference for English as LF; Example 4; Example 5; Example 6; Example 7; Example 8; Persistent Use of Japanese as the LF
    Description / Table of Contents: Example 94 Beyond a Matter of LF Selection: Styling in Lingua Franca Talk; Example 10; Example 11; 5 Conclusion; References; Plurilingual Resources in Lingua Franca Talk: An Interactionist Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Lingua Franca Talk and Interactional Accomplishment; The Accomplishment of Lingua Franca Talk; Choosing a Lingua Franca; Fragment 1; Fragment 2; Fragment 3; Assessments of Competence; Fragment 4; Lingua Franca and the Accomplishment of Interaction; Fragment 5; 3 Plurilingual Resources in ELF Talk; Fragment 6
    Description / Table of Contents: Code-Switching in Lingua Franca Interactions and the Accomplishment of Socio-institutional GoalsFragment 7; Code-Switching in Lingua Franca and the Accomplishment of Teaching/Learning Goals; Fragment 8; Fragment 9; 4 Conclusions; References; Language Choice and Linguistic Variation in Classes Nominally Taught in English; 1 Introduction; 2 The Example of Sweden; 3 Earlier Studies and Theoretical Views; 4 A Study of Language Choice; 5 Patterns of Language Choice; A Multilingual Milieu?; The Functions of Other Languages; Example 1; Example 2; Attitudes to Languages and Language Choice
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Characteristics of the MilieuNorms for Language Choice, What Are They Like?; International or National Context?; 7 Conclusion; References; Active Biliteracy? Students Taking Decisions About Using Languages for Academic Purposes; 1 Introduction: Moving from One Academic Language to Another; 2 The Design of the Study; 3 The Research Participants; Victor; Language Background; Language Challenges; John; Language Background; Perceived Language Challenges; Karin; Language Background; Perceived Language Problems; Francois and Yolande; Language Background; Perceived Language Problems
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Learning in a New Language
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765344
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 393 p. 74 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical
    Abstract: Written by experts in the field, this volume presents a comprehensive investigation into the relationship between argumentation theory and the philosophy of mathematical practice. Argumentation theory studies reasoning and argument, and especially those aspects not addressed, or not addressed well, by formal deduction. The philosophy of mathematical practice diverges from mainstream philosophy of mathematics in the emphasis it places on what the majority of working mathematicians actually do, rather than on mathematical foundations. The book begins by first challenging the assumption that there is no role for informal logic in mathematics. Next, it details the usefulness of argumentation theory in the understanding of mathematical practice, offering an impressively diverse set of examples, covering the history of mathematics, mathematics education and, perhaps surprisingly, formal proof verification. From there, the book demonstrates that mathematics also offers a valuable testbed for argumentation theory. Coverage concludes by defending attention to mathematical argumentation as the basis for new perspectives on the philosophy of mathematics.
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionPart I. What are Mathematical Arguments? -- Chapter 1. Non-Deductive Logic in Mathematics: The Probability of Conjectures; James Franklin -- Chapter 2. Arguments, Proofs, and Dialogues; Erik C. W. Krabbe -- Chapter 3. Argumentation in Mathematics; Jesús Alcolea Banegas -- Chapter 4. Arguing Around Mathematical Proofs; Michel Dufour -- Part II. Argumentation as a Methodology for Studying Mathematical Practice -- Chapter 5. An Argumentative Approach to Ideal Elements in Mathematics; Paola Cantù -- Chapter 6. How Persuaded Are You? A Typology of Responses; Matthew Inglis and Juan Pablo Mejía-Ramos -- Chapter 7. Revealing Structures of Argumentations in Classroom Proving Processes; Christine Knipping and David Reid -- Chapter 8. Checking Proofs; Jesse Alama and Reinhard Kahle -- Part III. Mathematics as a Testbed for Argumentation Theory -- Chapter 9. Dividing by Zero-and Other Mathematical Fallacies; Lawrence H. Powers -- Chapter 10. Strategic Maneuvering in Mathematical Proofs; Erik C. W. Krabbe -- Chapter. 11 Analogical Arguments in Mathematics; Paul Bartha -- Chapter 12. What Philosophy of Mathematical Practice Can Teach Argumentation Theory about Diagrams and Pictures; Brendan Larvor -- Part IV. An Argumentational Turn in the Philosophy of Mathematics -- Chapter 13. Mathematics as the Art of Abstraction; Richard L. Epstein -- Chapter 14. Towards a Theory of Mathematical Argument; Ian J. Dove -- Chapter 15. Bridging the Gap Between Argumentation Theory and the Philosophy of Mathematics; Alison Pease, Alan Smaill, Simon Colton and John Lee -- Chapter 16. Mathematical Arguments and Distributed Knowledge; Patrick Allo, Jean Paul Van Bendegem and Bart Van Kerkhove -- Chapter 17. The Parallel Structure of Mathematical Reasoning; Andrew Aberdein -- Index.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Language: English
    Edition: Online-Ausg. [S.l.] eblib 2012 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Social Indicators Research Series 51
    Series Statement: EBL-Schweitzer
    Series Statement: Social indicators research series
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    DDC: 150
    Keywords: Positive psychology ; Electronic books
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400772113
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (218 p.))
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: International Perspectives on Migration
    Series Statement: EBL-Schweitzer
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Migration, diaspora and identity
    DDC: 304.8
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Emigration and immigration -- Economic aspects ; Emigration and immigration -- Social aspects ; Globalization ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Migration ; Diaspora ; Identität ; Geschlechterrolle
    Abstract: Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; Introduction; Persisting with Difference; Does Diaspora Matter?; Framing the Collection; Multiple Belongings; Representing a Way of Being; Sexualised Identifications; Marriage and Family; The Significance of Gender; Defiantly Different; References; Part I Multiple Belongings; Living on the Move; Beyond the Dichotomous Choice Between Assimilation and Ethnic Closure; Methodology and a Brief Sketch of the Italian Situation; The Development of a Complex Identification; A Supplementary Hypothesis: The Emergence of a New Generational Experience
    Abstract: Diachronic Fluctuations: The Complex Bonds with Memory, Traditions and Family TiesSynchronic Fluctuations: The Complex Bond Between Inclusion and Differentiation; Tactical Ethnicity; References; Muslim Women in Western Preschooling; Introduction; 'Auntie ' as a Term; Communities and Religious Identity; Muslims in Diaspora and Globalisation; Non-Muslim Families; Conclusion; References; 'When I Land in Islamabad I Feel Home and When I Land in Heathrow I Feel Home'; Introduction; Diaspora, Gender and Belonging: 'The Homing of Diaspora,' 'The Diasporising of Home'
    Abstract: Class, Gender and 'Diaspora Space': South Asian Settlers in the City of London, in the Midlands and in the North of EnglandBeing a Londoner' or 'from Yorkshire': 'Heathrow' or What Does It Mean to Live Here and There?; Conclusion; References; Part II Representing a Way of Being; Refugee Women, Education, and Self Authorship; Introduction; Refugee Women, Policy Norms, and Representations; Integrationist Norms and the Microphysics of Power in Settlement Education; Speaking with Refugee Women: Engineering a Reverse Discourse; Capabilities for Freedom; Feedback; An Informed Perspective
    Abstract: Independent Decision Making and Exercising ChoiceEngaging in Debate and Expressing an Informed Position; Developing Skills in Order to Better Understand the Dominant Australian Culture; Cultivating an Open Mind; Developing Critical Enquiry: The Capacity to Question; Discussion; Implications of the Interview Sample to Recommendations; Conclusions; References; Invoking an Ivory Tower; Introduction; Critical Race Theory and Counter Story; Background and Context to Letter; Editorial Correspondence; 'Talking in Circles'; Inverting Relations of Dominance; Selective Readings
    Abstract: Conclusion: Deconstructing an Ivory Tower and the Possibilities for Anti-racismReferences; 'Trouble in the Mall Again' Naming as Social Drama in Multicultural Melbourne; Introduction; Difference and the City; Methodology; The Character of Oakleigh; The Trouble; 'Trouble in the Mall': In Phases; The Breach; Mounting Crises; Redressive Action; Re-integration or Schism?; Analysing the Trouble; Liminal Spaces and the City; Conclusion; References; Beyond Fear and Towards Hope Transnationalism and the Recognition of Rights Across Borders; Introduction: Crossing Borders; Politics of Fear
    Abstract: Transnationalism and Diaspora
    Abstract: Framed in relation to diaspora this collection engages with the subject of how cultural difference is lived and how complex and shifting identities shape and respond to spatial politics of belonging. Diaspora is understood in a variety of ways, which makes this an eclectic collection of papers. Authors use various theoretical frameworks to explore diverse groups of people with a variety of experiences in a wide range of settings. They are making sense of the experiences of women and men from a range of ethnic backgrounds, negotiating identities through family, work and education. The micro dyn
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    ISBN: 9789400748576 , 9781283698078
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Explorations of educational purpose 25
    Series Statement: Explorations of educational purpose
    DDC: 306.43
    Keywords: Educational sociology ; Educational anthropology
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    ISBN: 9789400745872 , 1283633833 , 9781283633833
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 396 p. 65 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Crowdsourcing geographic knowledge
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geography ; Data mining ; Geographical information systems ; Geography ; Data mining ; Geographical information systems ; Geoinformation ; Open Innovation
    Abstract: Chapter 1: VGI, the exaflood, and the growing digital divide: Daniel Sui, Michael Goodchild, & Sarah Elwood -- Section I. Public Participation and Citizen Science -- Chapter 2: Understanding the value of VGI: Rob Feick & Stéphane Roche -- Chapter 3: To volunteer or to contribute locational information? Towards truth in labeling for crowd-sourced geographic information: Francis Harvey -- Chapter 4: Metadata squared: Enhancing its usability for volunteered geographic information and the GeoWeb: Barbara Poore & Eric Wolf -- Chapter 5: Situating the adoption of VGI by government: Peter Johnson & Renee Sieber -- Chapter 6: When Web 2.0 meets public participation GIS (PPGIS): VGI and spaces of participatory mapping in China: Wen Lin -- Chapter 7: Citizen science and volunteered geographic information: Overview and typology of participation: Muki Haklay -- Section II. Geographic Knowledge Production and Place Inference -- Chapter 8: Volunteered geographic information and computational geography: New perspectives: Bin Jiang -- Chapter 9: The evolution of geo-crowdsourcing: Bringing volunteered geographic information to the third dimension: Marcus Goetz & Alexander Zipf: Chapter 10: From volunteered geographic information to volunteered geographic services:Jim Thatcher -- Chapter 11: The geographic nature of Wikipedia authorship -- Darren Hardy -- Chapter 12: Inferring thematic places from spatially referenced natural language observations: Benjamin Adams & Grant McKenzie -- Chapter 13: “I don't come from anywhere:" Exploring the role of VGI and the Geoweb in rediscovering a sense of place in a dispersed Aboriginal community: Jon Corbett -- Section III. Emerging Applications and New Challenges -- Chapter 14: Potential contributions and challenges of VGI for conventional topographic base-mapping programs: David Coleman -- Chapter 15: “We know who you are and we know where you live:”A research agenda for web demographics: T. Edwin Chow -- Chapter 16: Volunteered geographic information, actor-network theory, and severe storm reports: Mark Palmer & Scott Kraushaar -- Chapter 17: VGI as a compilation tool for navigation map databases: Michael Dobson -- Chapter 18: VGI and public health: Possibilities and pitfalls: Christopher Goranson, Sayone Thihalolipavan, & Nicolás di Tada -- Chapter 19: VGI in education: From K-12 to graduate studies: Thomas Bartoschek & Carsten Keßler -- Chapter 20: The prospects VGI research and the emerging fourth paradigm: Sarah Elwood, Michael Goodchild, & Daniel Sui
    Abstract: The phenomenon of volunteered geographic information is part of a profound transformation in how geographic data, information, and knowledge are produced and circulated. By situating volunteered geographic information (VGI) in the context of big-data deluge and the data-intensive inquiry, the 20 chapters in this book explore both the theories and applications of crowdsourcing for geographic knowledge production with three sections focusing on 1). VGI, Public Participation, and Citizen Science; 2). Geographic Knowledge Production and Place Inference; and 3). Emerging Applications and New Challenges. This book argues that future progress in VGI research depends in large part on building strong linkages with diverse geographic scholarship. Contributors of this volume situate VGI research in geography’s core concerns with space and place, and offer several ways of addressing persistent challenges of quality assurance in VGI. This book positions VGI as part of a shift toward hybrid epistemologies, and potentially a fourth paradigm of data-intensive inquiry across the sciences. It also considers the implications of VGI and the exaflood for further time-space compression and new forms, degrees of digital inequality, the renewed importance of geography, and the role of crowdsourcing for geographic knowledge production
    Description / Table of Contents: Crowdsourcing Geographic Knowledge; Acknowledgement; Contents; Chapter 1: Volunteered Geographic Information, the Exaflood, and the Growing Digital Divide; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 VGI and the Exaflood of Big Data; 1.3 VGI in Shrinking and Divided World; 1.4 Overview of Chapters in This Book; 1.5 Crowdsourcing Geographic Knowledge: From the Death of Distance to the Revenge of Geography; References; Part I: Public Participation and Citizen Science; Chapter 2: Understanding the Value of VGI; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Defining Value and the Value of Geographic Information
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3 Approaches to Defining the Value of Authoritative GI2.4 What Is Different About Valuing VGI?; 2.4.1 VGI Data Characteristics; 2.4.2 Use and Production Processes; 2.5 From Value Chain to Lego Blocks: VGI as Extensible and Reusable Data Components; 2.6 Summary and Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: To Volunteer or to Contribute Locational Information? Towards Truth in Labeling for Crowdsourced Geographic Information; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Volunteering or Contributing: An Important Distinction for Crowdsourced Data; 3.3 Ethical and Legal Issues; 3.4 Truth in Labeling
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 Towards Truth in Labeling for Crowdsourced Geographic Information3.6 Summary and Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Metadata Squared: Enhancing Its Usability for Volunteered Geographic Information and the GeoWeb; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Background; 4.2.1 The Library Model of Metadata; 4.2.2 The Map Model of Metadata; 4.2.3 Interactive, Embedded Metadata in the Digital Age; 4.3 Formal and Informal Discussions of Metadata; 4.3.1 "Let's Save Metadata": Neogeographers; 4.3.2 Metadata and Meaning: GIScience; 4.4 Metadata Top Down; 4.4.1 Usability; 4.4.2 Community
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.3 Findability and the Separation of Metadata from Data4.4.4 Metadata Bottom Up or Metadata Squared; 4.4.5 OpenStreetMap; 4.4.6 Metadata Types; 4.4.7 Evaluation; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Situating the Adoption of VGI by Government; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Practice of VGI in Government; 5.3 Adoption of VGI in Government; 5.3.1 The Costs of VGI; 5.3.2 The Challenge for Governments of Accepting Non-expert Data; 5.3.3 The Jurisdiction of VGI; 5.4 Situating Government to Adopt VGI; 5.4.1 Increasing Formalization of VGI Collection; 5.4.2 Encourage Collaboration Across Governments
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4.3 Investigating the Participation Potential of VGI5.5 Conclusions; References; Chapter 6: When Web 2.0 Meets Public Participation GIS (PPGIS): VGI and Spaces of Participatory Mapping in China; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Theoretical Background; 6.2.1 VGI and PPGIS: Convergences and Divergences; 6.2.2 Subjectivities and DigiPlaces; 6.2.3 Mode of Information and Spatial Narratives; 6.3 Dynamics of Chinese Citizenship; 6.4 VGI Practices in China; 6.4.1 Map of Relief Support and Needs in the Sichuan Earthquake; 6.4.2 Map of China's Mining Accidents; 6.4.3 Map of Sale/Rent Ratio; 6.5 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: References
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    ISBN: 9783531194837
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (275 p)
    Parallel Title: Print version Mobile Learning : Potenziale, Einsatzszenarien und Perspektiven des Lernens mit mobilen Endgeräten
    DDC: 302.23
    Keywords: Mobile communication systems in education ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Mobile Learning - das Lernen mithilfe von kleinen drahtlosen Geräten wie Smartphones - etabliert sich als Möglichkeit, selbstgesteuerte Lernprozesse in tägliche Arbeitsabläufe einzubinden, ortsunabhängig Zugang zu Informationen, sozialen Netzwerken oder Lern- und Arbeitswerkzeugen zu haben bzw. auf kleine Lerneinheiten für einen situativen Abruf zugreifen zu können. Unternehmen und (Hoch-)Schulen haben das Potential mobilen Lernens entdeckt. In diesem Sammelband wird das Thema Mobile Learning grundlegend behandelt. Zudem berichten die AutorInnen aus Wirtschaft und Hochschule anhand von Praxi
    Description / Table of Contents: Inhalt; 1 Einleitung; Literatur; Teil I Lernen, Arbeiten und Forschen mit Mobile Learning; 2 Vom E-Learning zum Mobile Learning - wie Smartphones und Tablet PCs Lernen und Arbeit verbinden; 2.1 Einleitung: Mobilität als Schlüsselwort unserer Gesellschaft; 2.2 Mobile Learning als Lernform einer mobilen Gesellschaft; 2.3 Mobile Learning als Erweiterung des E-Learning; 2.4 Kontextualisierung; 2.5 Mobiles Lernen im Kontext der Arbeit; 2.6 Die Notwendigkeit von Theorien des Lernens und der Bildung im mobilen Zeitalter; 2.7 Ausblick; 2.8 Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Mobiles Lernen - Systematik, Theorien und Praxis eines noch jungen Forschungsfeldes3.1 Einleitung; 3.1.1 Mobiles Lernen ist …; 3.1.2 Mobiles Lernen will …; 3.2 Die Systematik der medienpädagogischen und erziehungswissen-schaftlichen Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.1 Kontexte der Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.2 Argumentative Bezugspunkte der Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.3 Handlungspraktiken der an der Mobile Learning-Diskussion Beteiligten schaffen die Legitimationsbasis der Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.4 Struktur des Wissenschaftsprozesses der Mobile Learning-Diskussion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Theorien, Konzepte und Modelle der Mobile Learning-Diskussion3.3.1 Lernende im Zentrum: Theoretischer und konzeptioneller Rahmen der Sozio-kulturellen Ökologie Mobilen Lernens; 3.3.2 „Lernergenerierte Contexte" als Ressource, Konstruktionsprozess und Möglichkeitsraum; 3.4 Praxis des Mobilen Lernens im Kontext Schule; 3.4.1 Drei Ansätze bei der Implementierung von Mobilem Lernen in die (Unter-richts-) Praxis; 3.4.2 Öffnung des Schulunterrichts; 3.4.3 Gegensätze, Widersprüche und Brüche; 3.4.4 Lehrende als Moderatoren
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.5 Lernendenperspektive als Chance, Strukturen im Lernprozess zu revidieren3.5 Abschließende Bemerkungen; 3.6 Literatur; 4 Innovation und Trends für Mobiles Lernen; 4.1 Einleitung; 4.2 Expertenstudie zum Mobilen Lernen; 4.3 Trends und Zukunftsperspektiven Mobilen Lernens; 4.3.1 Smartphones als persönliche Lernportale; 4.3.2 Ortsbasierte und kontextsensitive Lerntechnologie; 4.3.3 Mobile Augmented Reality; 4.3.4 Tangible Interfaces und Smart-Objects; 4.3.5 Die Cloud für unterbrechungsfreies Lernen; 4.3.6 Mobile Lernspiele; 4.3.7 Situierte Ambient Displays; 4.4 Diskussion und Ausblick
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Literatur5 Informelles Mobiles Lernen; 5.1 Einleitung; 5.2 Annäherung an informelles Mobiles Lernen; 5.2.1 Informelles Lernen; 5.2.2 Mobiles Lernen; 5.2.3 Informelles Mobiles Lernen; 5.3 Lerntheoretische und didaktische Bezugspunkte zum informellen Mobilen Lernen; 5.3.1 Lerntheoretische Bezugspunkte informellen Mobilen Lernens; 5.3.2 Didaktisch-methodische Ansatzpunkte; 5.3.3 Anwendungsbeispiele informellen Mobilen Lernens; 5.3.4 Möglichkeiten zur Erfassung und Beschreibung informellen MobilenLernens; 5.4 Kritische Betrachtungen; 5.5 Fazit; 5.6 Literatur
    Description / Table of Contents: Teil II Mobile Learning an Universitäten
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    ISBN: 9789400762084
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Disentangling migration and climate change
    DDC: 304.81
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Klimawandel ; Soziale Folgen ; Internationale Migration ; Menschenrechte ; Umweltschutz ; Welt ; Climatic changes ; Social aspects.. ; Emigration and immigration ; Social aspects.. ; Emigration and immigration ; Environmental aspects ; Electronic books ; Population geography ; Climatic changes ; Environmental aspects ; Human ecology ; Konferenzschrift ; Klimaänderung ; Internationale Migration ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This book examines the inter-relationship between climate change and migration. It focuses on planned relocation as a policy response to environmentally induced forced migration and analyzes human rights to protect people threatened by environmental change.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    ISBN: 9789400746855
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 222 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Religion and place
    DDC: 304.2
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Religion (General) ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Religion ; Ort ; Politik
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    ISBN: 9789400717879
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 399 p. 50 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Yearbook of Nanotechnology in Society 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Philosophy ; Neurosciences ; Neurology ; Neurobiology ; Engineering ; Science Philosophy ; Neurowissenschaften
    Abstract: I. Introduction and key resources -- 1. Nanotechnology, the brain, and the future: Anticipatory governance via end-to-end real-time technology assessment Jason Scott Robert, Ira Bennett, and Clark A. Miller -- 2. The complex cognitive systems manifesto Richard P. W. Loosemore -- 3. Analysis of bibliometric data for research at the intersection of nanotechnology and neuroscience Christina Nulle, Clark A. Miller, Harmeet Singh, and Alan Porter -- 4. Public attitudes toward nanotechnology-enabled human enhancement in the United States Sean Hays, Michael Cobb, and Clark A. Miller -- 5. U.S. news coverage of neuroscience nanotechnology: How U.S. newspapers have covered neuroscience nanotechnology during the last decade Doo-Hun Choi, Anthony Dudo, and Dietram Scheufele -- 6. Nanoethics and the brain Valerye Milleson -- 7. Nanotechnology and religion: A dialogue Tobie Milford -- II. Brain repair -- 8. The age of neuroelectronics Adam Keiper -- 9. Cochlear implants and Deaf culture Derrick Anderson -- 10. Healing the blind: Attitudes of blind people toward technologies to cure blindness Arielle Silverman -- 11. Ethical, legal and social aspects of brain-implants using nano-scale materials and techniques Francois Berger et al. -- 12. Nanotechnology, the brain, and personal identity Stephanie Naufel -- III. Brain enhancement -- 13. Narratives of intelligence: the sociotechnical context of cognitive enhancement Sean Hays -- 14. Towards responsible use of cognitive-enhancing drugs by the healthy Henry T. Greeley et al. -- 15. The opposite of human enhancement: Nanotechnology and the blind chicken debate Paul B. Thompson -- 16. Anticipatory governance of human enhancement: The National Citizens’ Technology Forum Patrick Hamlett, Michael Cobb, and David Guston a. Arizona site report b. California site report c. Colorado site reportd. Georgia site report e. New Hampshire site report f. Wisconsin site report -- IV. Brain damage -- 17. A review of nanoparticle functionality and toxicity on the central nervous system Yang et al. -- 18. Recommendations for a municipal health and safety policy for nanomaterials: A Report to the City of Cambridge City Manager Sam Lipson -- 19. Museum of Science Nanotechnology Forum lets participants be the judge Mark Griffin -- 20. Nanotechnology policy and citizen engagement in Cambridge, Massachusetts: Local reflexive governance Shannon Conley.-
    Abstract: Our brain is the source of everything that makes us human: language, creativity, rationality, emotion, communication, culture, politics. The neurosciences have given us, in recent decades, fundamental new insights into how the brain works and what that means for how we see ourselves as individuals and as communities. Now - with the help of new advances in nanotechnology - brain science proposes to go further: to study its molecular foundations, to repair brain functions, to create mind-machine interfaces, and to enhance human mental capacities in radical ways. This book explores the convergence of these two revolutionary scientific fields and the implications of this convergence for the future of human societies. In the process, the book offers a significant new approach to technology assessment, one which operates in real-time, alongside the innovation process, to inform the ways in which new fields of science and technology emerge in, get shaped by, and help shape human societies
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400721876 , 1283633663 , 9781283633666
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 289 p. 10 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The New Synthese Historical Library 71
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Hume, David 1711-1776 A treatise of human nature ; Objekt
    Abstract: This book provides the first comprehensive account of Humes conception of objects in Book I of A Treatise of Human Nature. What, according to Hume, are objects? Ideas? Impressions? Mind-independent objects? All three? None of the above? Through a close textual analysis, Rocknak shows that Hume thought that objects are imagined ideas. But, she argues, he struggled with two accounts of how and when we imagine such ideas. On the one hand, Hume believed that we always and universally imagine that objects are the causes of our perceptions. On the other hand, he thought that we only imagine such causes when we reach a "philosophical level of thought. This tension manifests itself in Humes account of personal identity; a tension that, Rocknak argues, Hume acknowledges in the Appendix to the Treatise. As a result of Rocknaks detailed account of Humes conception of objects, we are forced to accommodate new interpretations of, at least, Humes notions of belief, personal identity, justification and causality.
    Description / Table of Contents: Imagined Causes: Hume's Conception of Objects; Contents; General Introduction; General Overview; Structure of This Book; Part I: Laying the Groundwork; Introduction to Part I; Chapter 1: Four Distinctions; 1 Introduction; 2 Distinction #1: Impressions v. Ideas; 2.1 A Note on Hume's Psychological Method; 3 Distinction #2: Impressions of Sensation v. Impressions of Reflection; 4 The Scope of the Memory and Imagination; 5 Distinction #3: Simple Perceptions v. Complex Perceptions; 5.1 General Overview; 5.2 The Origin of Simple Ideas; 5.3 The Separability of Simple Ideas
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4 The Origin of Complex Ideas6 Distinction #4: The Principle of Imagination v. the Principle of Memory; 7 Representation 25; 7.1 The Precision Argument: Beattie; 7.2 Response to Beattie; 7.3 The Relational Argument: Falkenstein; 7.4 A Response to Falkenstein; 7.5 The Qualitative Argument: Garrett; 7.6 Response to Garrett; 7.7 Textual Evidence that Directly Opposes the Replication Theory; 8 Summary; 8.1 Principles; Chapter 2: Elementary Belief, Causally-Produced Belief and the Natural Relation of Causality; 1 Introduction; 2 Elementary Belief: The Positive Account of Induction, Part I
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Of the Component Parts of Our Reasonings Concerning Cause and Effect: An Analysis of 1.3.42.2 Of the Impressions of the Senses and Memory: An Analysis of 1.3.5; 2.3 Of the Inference from the Impression to the Idea: An Analysis of 1.3.6; 2.3.1 Experience; 3 Causally-Produced Belief: The Positive Account of Induction, Part II; 4 Necessity: The Negative Account of Induction; 4.1 Why Reason Does Not Provide the Idea of Causal Necessity; 4.2 The Role of the Imagination; 4.3 The Role of Resemblance; A Partial Analysis of 1.3.14
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 The Natural Relation of Causality v. The Philosophical Relation of Causality: A Closer Look6 Humean Reason: An Overview; 6.1 Reasoning as a Comparison: Demonstrative v. Probable; 7 Summary; Chapter 3: The Two Systems of Reality; 1 Introduction; 2 The Two Systems; 3 Elementary Beliefs and Causally-Produced Beliefs: How Do They Operate in Hume's Two Systems of Reality?; 4 General Rules; 5 Resemblance and Contiguity; 6 Justification: What We Know So Far; 7 Summary; Summary of Part I; Part II: Perfect Identity and the Transcendental Imagination; Introduction to Part II
    Description / Table of Contents: A Brief Review of the ScholarshipPrice; Kemp Smith; Wilbanks; Waxman; Summary; Transcendentalism and Naturalism: A Happy Marriage?; Structural Overview of Part II; Chapter 4: Proto-Objects; 1 Introduction; 2 A Brief Review of the Different Meanings of a Humean Object; 3 Six Instances Where 'Object' Means Simple Idea; 4 Proto-Objects Do Not Admit of a Perfect Identity; 4.1 A Preliminary Glance at "Perfect Identity"; 4.2 Proto Objects and Continuity and Distinctness; 4.2.1 Why the Senses Are Not Responsible for Our Belief in the Continued and Distinct Existence of Objects
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Continuity and Distinctness v. Uninterruptedness and Invariability
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    ISBN: 9789400748163 , 1283634147 , 9781283634144
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 216 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Data-based decision making in education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Decision making ; Data mining ; Erziehung ; Entscheidung ; Data Mining ; Erziehung ; Entscheidung ; Data Mining
    Abstract: In a context where schools are held more and more accountable for the education they provide, data-based decision making has become increasingly important. This book brings together scholars from several countries to examine data-based decision making. Data-based decision making in this book refers to making decisions based on a broad range of evidence, such as scores on students assessments, classroom observations etc.This book supports policy-makers, people working with schools, researchers and school leaders and teachers in the use of data, by bringing together the current research conducted on data use across multiple countries into a single volume. Some of these studies are best practice studies, where effective data use has led to improvements in student learning. Others provide insight into challenges in both policy and practice environments. Each of them draws on research and literature in the field.
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; About the Authors; About the Editors; Chapter 1 Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 How Will This Book Help You?; 1.3 Organization of Chapters; References; Chapter 2 Data-based Decision Making: An Overview; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Broadening Our Understanding of Data; 2.3 Why Data?; 2.3.1 The Nature of Effective Teaching and School Leadership; 2.3.2 Evidence of Improvements in Student Learning and Achievement; 2.4 The Process of Using Data; 2.5 How Data Can be Used; 2.6 Reflection Questions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3 Analysis and Discussion of Classroom andAchievement Data to Raise Student Achievement3.1 Introduction: Context Description; 3.2 Why Decision-Making Using Data Requires Linking Achievement Patterns to Classroom Practices; 3.3 The Overall Intervention Model in Three Clusters; 3.4 Gains in Achievement; 3.5 Analysis and Discussion of Data; 3.5.1 General Process of Analysing and Discussing Achievement Data; 3.5.2 General Process of Analysing and Discussing Observation Data; 3.5.3 Linking Student Achievement to Classroom Observations; 3.6 Enablers and Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.7 Conclusions and Next Steps3.8 Reflection Questions; References; Chapter 4 From ``Intuition''- to ``Data''-based Decision Making in Dutch Secondary Schools?; 4.1 Introduction: Context Description; 4.2 Two Stories of Data-based Decision Making; 4.2.1 Data-based Decision Making in the Real World:School Level; 4.2.2 Data-based Decision Making in the Real World:Classroom Level; 4.2.3 Data-based Decision Making in a Perfect World:School Level; 4.2.4 Data-based Decision Making in a Perfect World:Classroom Level; 4.3 Supporting and Hindering Factors; 4.4 Possible Effects and Side Effects
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Conclusion and Discussion4.6 Reflection Questions; References; Chapter 5 Professional Attitudes to the Use of Data in England; 5.1 Introduction and Background; 5.2 Research Questions and Research Base; 5.3 Selecting and Recruiting the Participating Schools; 5.4 Collection of Data; 5.5 Discussion of Findings; 5.5.1 Use of Pupil Attainment and Progress Data; 5.5.2 Teachers' Understanding of Pupil Attainment and Progress Data and Confidence in Their Skills to Access, Utilise and Interpret Data; 5.5.3 The Impact of Training and Continuing Professional Development
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.4 Management, Analysis and Interpretation of Pupil Attainment and Progress Data: Who Does Whatand Who Should Do What in Schools?5.5.5 The Rationale for Collecting Pupil Attainment and Progress Data: What Teachers Perceive It To Be and What They Consider It Should Be; 5.6 Summary and Conclusion; 5.7 Reflection Questions; References; Chapter 6 Approaches to Effective Data Use: Does One Size Fit All?; 6.1 Introduction: Context; 6.2 Data Dissemination and Data Use: How the One Influences the Other; 6.3 Research Design and Methodology; 6.3.1 The Feedback System; 6.3.2 Sample
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3.3 Instruments and Data Collection
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400750319 , 1283640864 , 9781283640862
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 318 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in German Idealism 14
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Studies in German idealism
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Poma, Andrea The impossibility and necessity of theodicy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm: Essais de théodicée sur la bonté de Dieu, la liberté de l'homme et l'origine du mal ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm *1646-1716* ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy, modern ; Ontology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy, modern ; Ontology ; Philosophy ; Theodizee ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 Essais de théodicée sur la bonté de dieu, la liberté de l'homme et l'origine du mal ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 ; Theodizee ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 Essais de théodicée sur la bonté de dieu, la liberté de l'homme et l'origine du mal ; Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm 1646-1716 ; Theodizee
    Abstract: This book provides an analytical interpretation of Leibniz's 'Essais de Théodicée' with wide-ranging references to all his works. It shows and upholds many thesis: Leibniz's rational conception of faith, his rational notion of mystery, the reformation of classical ontology, and the importance of Leibniz's thought in the tradition of the critical idealism. In his endeavor to formulate a theodicy, Leibniz emerges as a classic exponent of a non-immanentist modern rationalism, capable of engaging in a close dialogue with religion and faith. This relation implies that God and reason are directly involved in posing the challenge and that the defence of one is the defence of the other. Theodicy and logodicy are two key aspects of a philosophy which is open to faith and of a faith which is able to intervene in culture and history.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Impossibility and Necessity of Theodicy; Contents; Abbreviations and Symbols; Part I: The Impossibility and Necessity of Theodicy. The "Essais" of Leibniz; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1 Theodicy; 2 Philosophical Theodicy; 3 The Theodicy of Leibniz; Chapter 2: True Piety; 1 Truth and Appearance; 2 The Fundamental Truths of Faith; 3 Light and Virtue; 4 The Love of God; 5 Fatum Christianum; Chapter 3: Faith and Reason; 1 The General Terms of the Controversy; 2 Reason; 3 Truth Over and Against Reason: Mystery; 4 Faith and Apologetics: Comprehending and Upholding
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 The Antagonist of the Theodicy: ScepticismChapter 4: Apologetic Arguments in the Theodicy; 1 The Brief; 2 The Legal Arguments; 2.1 The Presumed Innocence of God; 2.2 That the Onus of Proof Lies with the Prosecution; 2.3 It Is Not Legitimate to Do Wrong in Order to Obtain that Which Is Right; 3 The Apologetic Arguments; 4 The Antagonist of the Theodicy: Gnosis; Chapter 5: Predetermination and Free Will; 1 Absolute Necessity vs. Hypothetical and Moral Necessity; 2 Contingency; 3 The Will; 4 Freedom; Chapter 6: Evil and the Best of All Possible Worlds; 1 The Principle of "the Best"
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 The Best of All Possible Worlds3 Evil; 4 Evil in the Best of All Possible Worlds; Chapter 7: God and the Reason Principle; 1 Divine Attributes: Faculties and Values; 2 The Central Role of Wisdom; 3 The Existence of God; 4 The Necessary Being and the Supremely Perfect Being; 5 God and the Reason Principle; Chapter 8: Conclusion; 1 The Theodicy of Leibniz; 2 Philosophical Theodicy; 3 Theodicy; Part II: Appendices; Chapter 9: Appendix One: The Metaphor of the "Two Labyrinths" and Its Implications in Leibniz's Thought; 1 The Metaphor and Its Meaning; 2 Geometric and Mechanical Curves
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Natural and Artificial Machines4 Necessity and Contingency; 5 Hypothetical and Moral Necessity; 6 The Calculus of Variations; 7 The Best of All Possible Worlds; 8 Conclusion; Chapter 10: Appendix Two: The Reasons of Reason According to Leibniz; Chapter 11: Appendix Three: From Ontology to Ethics: Leibniz vs. Eckhard; Chapter 12: Appendix Four: Moral Necessity in Leibniz; 1 Possibility and Necessity: Non-existent Possibles; 2 Certain Determination; 3 Moral Necessity; Name Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400743458
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 338 p. 9 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 282
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The mechanization of natural philosophy
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Science ; Philosophy ; History ; 16th century ; Science ; Philosophy ; History ; 17th century ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Naturphilosophie ; Mechanismus ; Ideengeschichte 1550-1720
    Abstract: The Mechanisation of Natural Philosophy is devoted to various aspects of the transformation of natural philosophy during the 16th and 17th centuries that is usually described as mechanical philosophy .Drawing the border between the old Aristotelianism and the « new » mechanical philosophy faces historians with a delicate task, if not an impossible mission. There were many natural philosophers who actually crossed the border between the two worlds, and, inside each of these worlds, there was a vast spectrum of doctrines, arguments and intellectual practices. The expression mechanical philosophy is burdened with ambiguities. It may refer to at least three different enterprises: a description of nature in mathematical terms; the comparison of natural phenomena to existing or imaginary machines; the use in natural philosophy of mechanical analogies, i.e. analogies conceived in terms of matter and motion alone.However mechanical philosophy is defined, its ambition was greater than its real successes. There were few mathematisations of phenomena. The machines of mechanical philosophers were not only imaginary, but had little to do with the machines of mecanicians. In most of the natural sciences, analogies in terms of matter and motion alone failed to provide satisfactory accounts of phenomena.By the same authors: Mechanics and Natural Philosophy before the Scientific Revolution (Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 254).
    Description / Table of Contents: The Mechanization of Natural Philosophy; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Introduction; Part I: The Construction of Historical Categories; Chapter 1: Remarks on the Pre-history of the Mechanical Philosophy; 1.1 What Was the Mechanical Philosophy?; 1.2 The Mechanical Philosophy Before Boyle; 1.3 Bacon; 1.4 Galileo; 1.5 Mersenne; 1.6 Descartes/Gassendi/Hobbes: Mechanical Philosophers?; 1.7 Novatores, Latitudinarians, and the Construction of the Mechanical Philosophy; 1.8 A Broader Conception of Mechanism?; Chapter 2: How Bacon Became Baconian
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 The Meaning of Mechanical Operation in Bacon's Oeuvre2.2 Mechanical and Vital Readings of Bacon's Natural Philosophy in Seventeenth-Century England; 2.3 Conclusion; Chapter 3: An Empire Divided: French Natural Philosophy (1670-1690); 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 A Debate on Natural Philosophy; 3.3 On the Side of the New Philosophers; 3.3.1 The Methodology of Ontology: Beings Should Not Be Multiplied Without Necessity; 3.3.2 The Way of Physics: Physics Should Explain Phenomena, Namely, Give Efficient Causes; 3.3.3 Ontological Categories: The Bipartition Between Body and Soul Should Be Respected
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.4 The Social Twist3.4 On the Side of the Old Philosophers; 3.4.1 The Methodology of Ontology: The Multiplication of Corpuscles and the Missing Metaphysical Supplement; 3.4.2 The Way of Physics: One Should Not Indulge in Hypotheses, Ignore Experiments and Use Empty Words; 3.4.3 The Ontological Categories and the Controversy Over Animal Souls; 3.4.4 Another Social Twist; 3.5 Conclusions; Part II: Matter, Motion, Physics and Mathematics; Chapter 4: Matter and Form in Sixteenth-Century Spain: Some Case Studies; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Corpuscular Theories of the Physician d'Olesa
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1 Elements, Minima and Qualities4.2.2 The Problem of Mixture; 4.2.3 A Corpuscular Theory of Light and Vision; 4.3 The Absence of a Tradition; 4.3.1 The Hypothesis of Menéndez Pelayo; 4.3.2 The Salamacan Physician Gomez Pereira; 4.3.3 The Salamacan Physician Francisco Valles; 4.4 Conclusion; Chapter 5: The Composition of Space, Time and Matter According to Isaac Newton and John Keill; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Isomorphism of Space, Time and Matter in Early Modern Natural Philosophy; 5.3 The Evolution of Newton's Views on the Composition of Space, Time and Matter
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4 The Isomorphism of Space, Time and Matter According to John Keill5.5 Conclusion; Chapter 6: Beeckman, Descartes and Physico-Mathematics; 6.1 Beeckman; 6.1.1 Persistence of Motion; 6.1.2 Persistence of the Form of a Motion; 6.1.3 Conservation in the Exchange of Motion; 6.1.4 Isoperimetric Figures; 6.2 Descartes; 6.2.1 Persistence of Motion; 6.2.2 Communication of Motion; 6.2.3 Persistence and Direction; 6.3 Physico-Mathematics; Chapter 7: Between Mathematics and Experimental Philosophy: Hydrostatics in Scotland About 1700; 7.1 Between Mathematics and Experimental Philosophy
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2 The Mathematical Hydrostatics of Wallis, Gregorie, and Newton
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400747432 , 1283698013 , 9781283698016
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 190 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 18
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Law, liberty, and the rule of law
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Konferenzschrift 2009 ; Konferenzschrift ; Staatsrecht ; Rechtsstaatsprinzip ; Menschenrecht ; Rechtsstaat ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Rechtstheorie
    Abstract: In recent years, there has been a substantial increase in concern for the rule of law. Not only have there been a multitude of articles and books on the essence, nature, scope and limitation of the law, but citizens, elected officials, law enforcement officers and the judiciary have all been actively engaged in this debate. Thus, the concept of the rule of law is as multifaceted and contested as it's ever been, and this book explores the essence of that concept, including its core principles, its rules, and the necessity of defining, or even redefining, the basic concept. Law, Liberty, and the Rule of Law offers timely and unique insights on numerous themes relevant to the rule of law. It discusses in detail the proper scope and limitations of adjudication and legislation, including the challenges not only of limiting legislative and executive power via judicial review but also of restraining active judicial lawmaking while simultaneously guaranteeing an independent judiciary interested in maintaining a balance of power. It also addresses the relationship not only between the rule of law, human rights and separation of powers but also the rule of law, constitutionalism and democracy
    Abstract: In recent years, there has been a substantial increase in concern for the rule of law. Not only have there been a multitude of articles and books on the essence, nature, scope and limitation of the law, but citizens, elected officials, law enforcement officers and the judiciary have all been actively engaged in this debate. Thus, the concept of the rule of law is as multifaceted and contested as its ever been, and this book explores the essence of that concept, including its core principles, its rules, and the necessity of defining, or even redefining, the basic concept.Law, Liberty, and the Rule of Law offers timely and unique insights on numerous themes relevant to the rule of law. It discusses in detail the proper scope and limitations of adjudication and legislation, including the challenges not only of limiting legislative and executive power via judicial review but also of restraining active judicial lawmaking while simultaneously guaranteeing an independent judiciary interested in maintaining a balance of power. It also addresses the relationship not only between the rule of law, human rights and separation of powers but also the rule of law, constitutionalism and democracy.
    Description / Table of Contents: Law, Liberty,and the Rule of Law; Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; References; Chapter 2: The Concept of the Rule of Law; 2.1 Introduction: Pervasive Disagreement in Rule of Law Discourse; 2.2 Increasing Consensus Through Conceptual Analysis; 2.3 The Rule of Law: Current and Historical Usage of the Concept; 2.4 External and Internal Conceptual Coherence; 2.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Plato and the Rule of Law; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Place of Plato in Modern Legal Philosophy; 3.2.1 Metaphysics; 3.2.2 Anachronisms; 3.2.3 Plato and General Jurisprudence
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 The Rule of Law3.3.1 The Rule of Law as an Existence Condition qua Descriptive Label (1a); 3.3.2 The Rule of Law as an Existence Condition qua Justi fi cation (1b); 3.3.3 The Rule of Law as a Practical Constraint on a Legal System (2); 3.3.4 The Rule of Law as a Procedural Principle or Set of Procedural Principles (3); 3.3.5 The Rule of Law as an Object-Level Practice of Enforcing and Justifying the Law (4); 3.4 A Final Topic for Discussion: Education; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Kantian Re-construction of Intersubjectivity Forms: The Logic of the Transition from Natural State to the Threshold of the Civic State4.1 Introduction; 4.2 A Priori Versus Empirical Knowledge of the Forms of Intersubjectivity; 4.3 Intersubjectivity Viewed in Terms of "State" and "Polity"; 4.4 Law and Freedom as the Fundamental Categories of Determining Intersubjectivity; 4.5 The Basic Forms of Intersubjectivity in Natural State; 4.5.1 Fundamental Freedom and Its Rational "Adjustment"; 4.5.2 Acquisition and Its Principle - The Need for a Transition to Legal Status
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5.3 Peculiar Duality of Legal State4.5.4 Departing from the State of Private Law and Arriving at the State of Public Law (Explanation of Peculiarities); 4.6 The Basic Forms of Intersubjectivity in Civic State; 4.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Radbruch's Formula, Conceptual Analysis, and the Rule of Law; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Radbruch's Formula(s); 5.3 The Formula and the Rule of Law; 5.4 The Formula and Conceptual Analysis; 5.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Law, Liberty and the Rule of Law (in a Constitutional Democracy); 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 "Rule" + "Law" ≠ "Rule of Law"
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3 Rule of Law6.4 Principles of the Rule of Law; 6.5 Constitutional Rule of Law; 6.6 Constitutional Democracy and the Rule of Law; 6.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: The Rule of Law: Is the Line Between the Formal and the Moral Blurred?; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 The Rule of Law on the Borderline; 7.3 The Moral Non-neutrality of the Rule of Law; 7.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: Political Deliberation and Constitutional Review; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Constitutional Courts as "Custodians" of Public Deliberation; 8.3 Constitutional Courts as "Public Reasoners" and "Interlocutors"
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.4 Constitutional Courts as "Deliberators"
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400751071 , 1283698145 , 9781283698146
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 232 p. 14 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Tchibozo, Guy Cultural and social diversity and the transition from education to work
    RVK:
    Keywords: Labor economics ; Education ; Education ; Labor economics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Schule ; Berufsbildung ; Übergang
    Abstract: This edited volume provides multidisciplinary and international insights into the policy, managerial and educational aspects of diverse students transitions from education to employment. As employers require increasing global competence on the part of those leaving education, this research asks whether increasing multiculturalism in developed societies, often seen as a challenge to their cohesion, is in fact a potential advantage in an evolving employment sector. This is a vital and under-researched field, and this new publication in Springers Technical and Vocational Education and Training series provides analysis both of theory and empirical data, submitted by researchers from nine nations including the USA, Oman, Malaysia, and countries in the European Union. The papers trace the origins of business demand for diversity in their workforces skill set, including national, local and institutional contexts. They also consider how social, demographic, cultural, religious and linguistic diversity inform the attitudes of those seeking workand those seeking workers. With clear suggestions for future research, this work on a topic of rising profile will be read with interest by educators, policy makers, employers and careers advisors.
    Description / Table of Contents: Cultural and Social Diversity and the Transition from Education to Work; Preface; Springer: Technical and Vocational Education and Training Series; Contents; About the Contributors; About the Editor; Part I: Introduction; Chapter 1: Leveraging Diversity to Promote Successful Transition from Education to Work; 1 Problem Statement; 2 Theoretical Approach and Research Procedure; 3 Concepts; 3.1 Concept of School-to-Work Transition System; 3.1.1 School-to-Work Transition Process; 3.1.2 School-to-Work Transition System; 3.2 Concept of Organisations' Demand for Diversity; 3.2.1 Diversity
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2 Reasons for the Demand for Diversity3.2.3 Organisations' Demand for Diversity; 4 How Can the School-to-Work Transition System Address the Demand for Diversity?; 4.1 Role of the Education Subsystem; 4.2 Role of the Employment Subsystem; 5 Conclusion; References; Part II: The Demand for Cultural and Social Diversity; Chapter 2: Cultural and Social Diversity in the United States: A Compelling National Interest; 1 Introduction; 1.1 The Demand for Cultural and Social Diversity; 1.1.1 Cultural Competency; 1.1.2 Representative Bureaucracy; 2 Confrontations Over Educational Access; 3 Summary
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Future ResearchReferences; Chapter 3: Perceptions of the Demand for Cultural Diversity in the Omani Workplace and Its Availability Among Secondary School Students; 1 Cultural Diversity in the Workplace; 2 Role of Education in Shaping Cultural Diversity Orientations and Skills; 3 Cultural Diversity in Oman; 4 Demand for Cultural Diversity in the Omani Workplace; 5 Theoretical Framework; 6 Importance of the Study; 7 Research Questions; 8 Study Instrument; 8.1 Awareness of Local and Global Factors; 8.2 Awareness of Cultural Types; 8.3 Attributes; 8.4 Skills/Competencies; 9 Study Samples
    Description / Table of Contents: 10 Data Analysis11 Attributes and Skills; 12 Discussion and Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Cultural Diversity and the School-To-Work Transition: A Relational Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 The Concept of Cultural Diversity; 2.1 Background to Cultural Diversity in Europe; 2.2 Workforce Diversity; 3 Approaches to Managing Diversity; 4 The European Tourism Sector; 4.1 Human Resources in Tourism; 5 Workplace Diversity in European Tourism; 6 Theoretical Framework; 6.1 Capital; 6.2 Habitus; 6.3 Field; 7 Methods; 7.1 Limitations; 8 Findings and Discussion; 8.1 The Macro Socio-Economic Context
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2 Student Reflections8.3 Human Capital/Cultural Capital; 8.4 International Experience; 8.5 Physical/Cultural Characteristics; 9 Survey of Jobseekers; 10 Survey of Employers; 11 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Workforce Diversity in Malaysia: Current and Future Demand of Persons with Disabilities; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Demand of PWDs as Workforce; 1.2 Challenges and Strategies in Employing PWDs; 1.3 Future Trends; 2 Research Objectives; 2.1 To Compare the Profiles of Organizations That Hired and Did Not Hire PWDs as Workforce
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 To Examine Organizations' Views About Demands on PWDs as Workforce
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400756724 , 1283908972 , 9781283908979
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 85 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Ethics
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Fröding, Barbro Virtue ethics and human enhancement
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: This book shows how pressing issues in bioethics - e.g. the ownership of biological material and human cognitive enhancement - successfully can be discussed with in a virtue ethics framework. This is not intended as a complete or exegetic account of virtue ethics. Rather, the aim here is to discuss how some key ideas in Aristotle’s Nicomachean Ethics, when interpreted pragmatically, can be a productive way to approach some hot issues in bioethics. In spite of being a very promising theoretical perspective virtue ethics has so far been underdeveloped both in bioethics and neuroethics and most discussions have been conducted in consequentialist and/or deontological terms
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION -- CHAPTER 1; THE PROBLEM -- CHAPTER 2; THE GOOD LIFE -- CHAPTER 3; THE BIOLOGICAL OBSTACLES -- CHAPTER 4; ARISTOTLE’S VIRTUES AND HOW TO ACQUIRE THEM -- CHAPTER 5; EXAMPLES OF USEFUL CAPACITIES -- CHAPTER 6; CRITIQUE OF VIRTUE ETHICS -- CHAPTER 7; THREE ENHANCEMENT METHODS -- CHAPTER 8 ; CONCLUSION.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    ISBN: 9789400740112
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 267 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 115
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The development of bioethics in the United States
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; USA ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: In only four decades, bioethics has transformed from a fledgling field into a complex, rapidly expanding, multidisciplinary field of inquiry and practice. Its influence can be found not only in our intellectual and biomedical institutions, but also in almost every facet of our social, cultural, and political life. This volume maps the remarkable development of bioethics in American culture, uncovering the important historical factors that brought it into existence, analyzing its cultural, philosophical, and professional dimensions, and surveying its potential future trajectories. Bringing together a collection of original essays by seminal figures in the fields of medical ethics and bioethics, it addresses such questions as the following: - Are there precise moments, events, socio-political conditions, legal cases, and/or works of scholarship to which we can trace the emergence of bioethics as a field of inquiry in the United States? - What is the relationship between the historico-causal factors that gave birth to bioethics and the factors that sustain and encourage its continued development today? - Is it possible and/or useful to view the history of bioethics in discrete periods with well-defined boundaries? - If so, are there discernible forces that reveal why transitions occurred when they did? What are the key concepts that ultimately frame the field and how have they evolved and developed over time? - Is the field of bioethics in a period of transformation into biopolitics? Contributors include George Annas, Howard Brody, Eric J. Cassell, H. Tristram Engelhardt Jr., Edmund L. Erde, John Collins Harvey, Albert R. Jonsen, Loretta Kopelman, Laurence B. McCullough, Edmund D. Pellegrino, Warren T. Reich, Carson Strong, Robert M. Veatch, and Richard M. Zaner.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. The birth of bioethics : historical analysis -- pt. 2. The nature of bioethics : cultural and philosophical analysis -- pt. 3. The practice of bioethics : professional dimensions -- pt. 4. The future of bioethics : looking ahead.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction --  1. Jeremy R. Garrett, Fabrice Jotterand, and D. Christopher Ralston - “The Development of Bioethics in the United States: An Introduction” --  Part I: The Birth of Bioethics: Historical Analysis --  2. Eric J. Cassell - “The Beginnings of Bioethics” -- 3. Howard Brody - “Teaching at the University of Texas Medical Branch, 1971-74: Humanities, Ethics, or Both?” -- 4. John Collins Harvey - “André Hellegers, the Kennedy Institute, and the Development of Bioethics: The American-European Connection” -- 5. H.T. Engelhardt, Jr. - “Bioethics as a Liberal Catholic Heresy: Critical Reflections on the Founding of Bioethics” --  Part II: The Nature of Bioethics: Cultural and Philosophical Analysis --  6. Warren T. Reich - “A Corrective for Bioethical Malaise: Revisiting The Cultural Influences That Shaped the Identity of Bioethics” -- 7. George J. Annas - “American Biopolitics” -- 8. Carson Strong - “Medicine and Philosophy: The Coming Together of an Odd Couple” -- 9. Loretta M. Kopelman - “The Growth of Bioethics as a Second-Order Discipline” --  Part III: The Practice of Bioethics: Professional Dimensions --  10.  Robert M. Veatch - “The Development of Bioethics: Bringing Physician Ethics into the Moral Consensus” -- 11. Laurence B. McCullough - “Bioethics and Professional Medical Ethics: Mapping and Managing an Uneasy Relationship” -- 12. Edmund L. Erde - “Professionalism vs. Medical Ethics in the Current Era: A Battle of Giants?” --  Part IV: The Future of Bioethics: Looking Ahead --  13. Richard M. Zaner - “Themes and Schemes in the Development of Bioethics in the United States” -- 14. Edmund D. Pellegrino - “Medical Ethics and Moral Philosophy in an Era of Bioethics” -- 15. Albert R. Jonsen - “Prolegomenon to any Future Bioethics”.  .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400751552
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 351 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Vater ; Randgruppe ; Kind ; Psychosoziale Entwicklung ; Vaterschaft ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: This vital addition to Springer’s ‘Educating the Young Child’ series addresses gaps in the literature on father involvement in the lives of young children, a topic with a fast-rising profile in today’s world of female breadwinners and single-parent households. While the significant body of theoretical understanding and empirical data accumulated in recent decades has done much to characterize the fluidity of evolving notions of fatherhood, the impact of this understanding on policy and legal frameworks has been uneven at an international level. In a field where groups of fathers were until recently marginalized in research, this book adopts a refreshingly inclusive attitude, aiming to motivate researchers to capture the nuanced practices of fathers in minority groups such as those who are homeless, gay, imprisoned, raising a disabled child, or from ethnically distinct backgrounds, including Mexican- and African-American fathers.The volume includes chapters highlighting the unique challenges and possibilities of father involvement in their children’s early years of development. Contributing authors have integrated theories, research, policies, and programs on father involvement so as to attract readers with diverse interest and expertise, and material from selected countries in Asia, Australia, and Africa, as well as North America, evinces the international scope of their analysis. Their often interdisciplinary analyses draw, too, on historical and cultural legacies, even as they project a vision of the future in which fathers’ involvement in their young children’s lives develops alongside the changing political, economic and educational landscapes around the world.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgment; Contents; About the Authors; About the Editor; Chapter 1 Introduction; Father Involvement in Young Children's Lives: CommonThemes and Diverse Perspectives; Purpose of the Book; Overview of the Book; Section 1: Father Involvement: Broad Strokes; Section 2: Father Involvement: Perspectives from the United States; Section 3: Father Involvement: Global Perspectives; About the Chapters; Father Involvement: Broad Strokes; Father Involvement: Perspectives from the United States; Father Involvement: Global Perspectives; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Section I Father Involvement: General PerspectivesChapter 2 Fathers and Early Literacy; Assumptions About Fathers and Early Literacy; Review of Research on Fathers and Early Literacy; Parent Promotion of Early Literacy; Frequency of Fathers Reading to their Children; Father Characteristics Related to Reading to Children; Why Fathers Read to Children?; Materials that Fathers Read; Barriers that Limit Father Involvement in Literacy Activities; Mother and Father Differences; Benefits of Father Involvement in Early Literacy; Summary of the Research Review
    Description / Table of Contents: Practice Literature and Early Literacy Interventionswith FathersFathers Reading Every Day (FRED) Program; Especially for Dads: Head Start Literacy Program; Dads & Kids Book Club; Literacy Workshop for Dads; Literacy Programs in the United Kingdom; Lessons from Practice; Conclusions; References; Chapter 3 Caring Fathers; What We Need to Know about Caring?; The Dimensions of Caring in Fathers; How Caring Fathers Influence Caring in Children?; Challenges to Fathers' Caring Roles; Strategies for Promoting Caring in Fathers; Informal Venues; Formal Venues
    Description / Table of Contents: Creating Communities that Nurture Caring FathersFather-Centered Education for Young Children; References; Section II Contexts Within the United States; Chapter 4 Mexican-American Father-Child Literacy Interactions; Family Support System; Challenging Theoretical Perspectives; Methodological Research Conflicts; Transformation of Mexican-American Fathers' Roles; Methodological Research Transformations; Mexican-American Fathers; Historical Transformations; Mexican-American Father Involvement Studies; Literacy Practices; Literacy Roles; Children's Academic Achievement; Educational History
    Description / Table of Contents: Diverse Literacy ExperiencesResearch and Practical Applications; Research Implications; Practice Implications; Conclusions; References; Chapter 5 Father Involvement, African Americans, and Reducing the Achievement Gap; Historical Efforts to Reduce the Gap; Efforts Prior to the Revolutionary War; Efforts After the Revolutionary War; The Rise of Father Involvement Research; Federal Policy, Father Involvement, and the Achievement Gap; The Eyes of Academics Are Opened; Factors that Contribute to Successful Father Participation; Challenges and Obstacles to Involve African American Fathers
    Description / Table of Contents: General Challenges and Obstacles
    Description / Table of Contents: SECTION 1: Father Involvement: General Perspectives -- 1. Fathers and Early Literacy; Glen Palm -- 2. Caring Fathers: Empowering Children to be Loving Human Beings; Kevin J. Swick -- SECTION 2: Contexts within the United States.- 3. Mexican American Father-Child Literacy Interactions; Olivia N. Saracho -- 4. Father Involvement, African Americans and Reducing the Achievement Gap; William H. Jeynes -- 5. Gay Fathers’ Involvement in Their Young Children’s Lives; Dana Berkowitz and Katherine A. Kuvalanka -- 6. Incarcerated Fathers: Implications for Father Involvement; Mike Roettger and Raymond R. Swisher -- 7. Involvement of Homeless Fathers: Challenges and Possibilities; Jyotsna Pattnaik and Christie Medeiros -- 8. Fathers of Young Children with Disabilities: Experiences, Involvement and Needs; Hedda Meadan, Howard P. Parette, Jr. and Sharon Doubet -- 9. Honoring Women Who must Raise Their Children Alone; Beatrice S. Fennimore -- Section 3: International Contexts.- 10. Father-child Involvement in English-Speaking Caribbean Countries: Links to Childhood Development; Jaipaul L Roopnarine -- 11. Indigenous Fathers in Canada: Multigenerational Challenges; Jessica Ball -- 12. Father Involvement: New Zealand; Paul Callister and Lindy Fursman -- 13. Male Involvement in Children’s Lives: Roles and Relevance to Academic and Non-Academic Outcomes in the Australian Context; Andrew J. Martin -- 14. Father Involvement in Young Children’s Care and Education in Southern Africa; Jeremiah Chikovore, Tawanda Makusha and Linda Richter -- 15. Fathering in India: Understanding Challenges and Opportunities; Rajalakshmi Sriram and Prachee Navalkar -- 16. Fathers’ Role in Chinese Children’s Education; Zhonghe Wu, Song An and Shuhua An -- 17. The Father Image in Japan -Traditional Roles and Emerging Realities in Conflict; Michelle Henault Morrone and Yumi Matsuyama -- 18. Father Involvement in Taiwan: A Progressive Perspective; Hsiu-Zu Ho, Chu-Ting Ko, Connie N. Tran, Jessica M. Phillips and Wei-Wen Chen -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    ISBN: 9789400752498
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 221 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 39
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Transformations in research, higher education and the academic market
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Economic policy ; Economics ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Economic policy ; Economics ; Education, Higher ; Economic aspects ; Education, Higher ; Finance ; Government aid to higher education ; Higher education and state ; Studium ; Finanzierung ; Öffentliche Förderung ; Wirtschaft ; Hochschule ; Europa ; Akademische Freiheit ; Wirtschaftlichkeit
    Abstract: This volume tackles head-on the controversy regarding the tensions between the principles underlying Academe on the one hand, and the free market on the other. Its outspoken thesis posits that seemingly irresistible institutional pressures are betraying a core principle of the Enlightenment: that the free pursuit of knowledge is of the highest value in its own right. As ‘market principles’ are forced on universities, inducing a neoteric culture of ‘managerialism’, many worry that the very characteristics that made European higher education in particular such a success are being eroded and replaced by ideological opportunism and economic expediency. Richly interdisciplinary, the anthology explores a wealth of issues such as the phenomenon of bibliometrics (linking an institution’s success to the volume and visibility of publications produced). Many argue that the use of such indicators to measure scientific value is inimical to the time-consuming complexities of genuine truth-seeking. A number of the greatest discoveries and innovations in the history of science, such as Newton’s laws of mechanics or the Mendelian laws of inheritance, might never have seen the light of day if today’s system of determining and defining the form and content of science had dominated. With analytical perspectives from political science, economics, philosophy and media studies, the collection interrogates, for example, the doctrine of graduate employability that exerts such a powerful influence on course type and structure, especially on technical and professional training. In contrast, the liberal arts must choose between adaptation to the dictates of employability strategies or wither away as enrollments dwindle and resources evaporate. Research projects and aims have also become an area of controversy, with many governments now assessing the value of proposals in terms of assumed commercial benefits. The contributors argue that these changes, as well as ‘reforms’ in the managerial and administrative structures in tertiary education, constitute a radical break with the previous ontology of science and scholarship: a change in its very character, and not merely its form. It shows that the ‘scientific thinking’ students, researchers, and scholars are encouraged to adopt is undergoing a rapid shift in conceptual content, with significant consequences not only for science, but also for the society of which it is a part.
    Description / Table of Contents: Transformations in Research,Higher Educationand the Academic Market; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; Politics and Policy; Reregulation Through Deregulation; The Business of Research; The Business of Teaching; A Transformation Resulting in the Breakdown of Scienti fi c Thought; Part One: Politics and Policy; Part Two: Economic Models; Part Three: Research and Scholarship; Part Four: Higher Education; References; Part I: Politics and Policy; Chapter 2: Power, Knowledge, Morals: Society in the Age of Hybrid Research; Introduction; Politics; Gesinnungsethik: Ethics of Conviction
    Description / Table of Contents: Verantwortungsethik: Ethics of ResponsibilityScience and Research; Academic Norms and the Central Task of Science; Epistemic Drift and Poly-cratic Research Institutions; Mertonian Norms in the Information Society: The Medialization of Science; Bureaucracy; Administrators, Entrepreneurs, and Hybrid Research; From Rules to Targets, From Government to Governance; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Innovation and Control: Performative Research Policy in Sweden; Introduction; The Innovation Paradigm; The Document in the Case: Government Bill 2008/09:50; Change!; Innovation!; Competition!
    Description / Table of Contents: Performative Research PolicyReferences; Chapter 4: The Scientific Mission and the Freedom of Research; The Quest for Knowledge and Its Motive: Mission or Spontaneity?; The Scienti fi c Mission and the Free Inquiry; Research Regimes and the Conditions of Science; The Mission of the Human Sciences; References; Internet Publications; Printed Publications; Part II: Economic Models; Chapter 5: Contemporary Research and Innovation Policy: A Double Disservice?; Introduction; The Policy Practitioners' Complaint: A Point of Departure; The Innovation Policy Commission
    Description / Table of Contents: Systemic Features Addressed: But Only on an Aggregated 'Group' LevelPositive Effects for Academic Research: Engaged in 'Packaging' of Research Results; Negative Effects for Academic Research: Engaged in Indirect Utilisation; Positive Effects for Business: Engaged in 'Betting' on Research; Negative Effects for Business: Engaged in 'Muddling Through'; What Is Missing?; Innovation Takes Place in Relation to Speci fi c Others; Coping with the Different Economic Logic of 'Use', 'Supply' and 'Development'; The Need for Bene fi ts in a User Setting; The Need for Bene fi ts in a Supplying Setting
    Description / Table of Contents: Developing Settings Characterized by Search for New FunctionsA Limiting Innovation Policy; Rethinking Innovation Policy; Opportunities to Renew National Developing, Supplying and Using Networks; Opportunities to Renew Resources, Activities and Actors; Conclusion: The Need for an Innovation Policy that Addresses Network Forces, Which Have both Light and Dark Sides; References; Chapter 6: The Foundations of Knowledge According to the Knowledge Foundation; Introduction; The Knowledge Foundation; The Foundation's Key Strategy: Co-production; An Ideological Project
    Description / Table of Contents: Universities (Not) in the Interests of the Public
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors -- 1. Introduction.- Part one: POLITICS AND POLICY.- 2. Power - knowledge - morals: Society in the age of hybrid research -- 3. Innovation and control: Performative research policy in Sweden -- 4. The scientific mission and the freedom of research -- Part two: ECONOMIC MODELS.- 5. Contemporary research and innovation policy: A double disservice? -- 6. The foundations of knowledge according to The knowledge foundation -- 7. Science policy in a socially embedded economy -- Part three: RESEARCH AND SCHOLARSHIP.- 8. Down the slippery-slope: The perils of the academic research industry -- 9. In defence of discretion -- 10. Publish and perish: A note on a collapsing academic authorship -- Part four: HIGHER EDUCATION.- 11. Methodomania -- 12. Higher heteronomy: Thinking through modern university education -- 13. The academic contract: From “simply a metaphor” to technology -- 14. Conclusion - On the verge of breakdown -- References -- Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    ISBN: 9789400750678 , 1299198147 , 9781299198142
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 179 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 296
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The structural links between ecology, evolution and ethics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; History ; Congresses ; Ecology ; History ; Congresses ; Environmental ethics ; Congresses ; Konferenzschrift 2005 ; Ökologie ; Evolution ; Ethik ; Bioethik ; Ökologie ; Evolutionsbiologie
    Abstract: Evolutionary biology, ecology and ethics: at first glance, three different objects of research, three different worldviews and three different scientific communities. In reality, there are both structural and historical links between these disciplines. First, some topics are obviously common across the board. Second, the emerging need for environmental policy management has gradually but radically changed the relationship between these disciplines. Over the last decades in particular, there has emerged a need for an interconnecting meta-paradigm that integrates more strictly evolutionary studies, biodiversity studies and the ethical frameworks that are most appropriate for allowing a lasting co-evolution between natural and social systems. Today such a need is more than a mere luxury, it is an epistemological and practical necessity.In short, the authors of this volume address some of the foundational themes that interconnect evolutionary studies, ecology and ethics. Here they have chosen to analyze a topic using one of these specific disciplines as a kind of epistemological platform with specific links to topics from one or both of the remaining disciplines
    Description / Table of Contents: The Structural Linksbetween Ecology, Evolution and Ethics; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; List of Figures; Chapter 1: Ecology, Evolution, Ethics: In Search of a Meta-paradigm - An Introduction; 1.1 Some Landmarks of an Interweaved History of Ecology, Evolution and Ethics; 1.2 Looking for an Epistemic and Practical Meta-paradigm: The Transactional Framework; 1.3 Evolution between Ethics and Creationism; 1.4 Chance and Time between Evolution and Ecology; 1.5 Ethics between Ecology and Evolution; Notes; References; Chapter 2: Evolution Versus Creation: A Sibling Rivalry?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Before The Origin2.2 Charles Darwin; 2.3 The Darwinian Evangelist; 2.4 The Twenty-first Century; References; Chapter 3: Evolution and Chance; 3.1 Three Meanings of the Concept of Chance; 3.1.1 Luck; 3.1.2 Random Events; 3.1.3 Contingency with Respect to a Theoretical System; 3.2 Modalities of Chance in the Biology of Evolution; 3.2.1 Mutation; 3.2.2 Random Genetic Drift; 3.2.3 Genetic Revolution; 3.2.4 The Ecosystem Level; 3.2.5 The Macroevolutionary Level (Paleobiology); 3.2.6 Other Cases; 3.3 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 4: Some Conceptions of Time in Ecology
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Scales of Time4.2 The Chronological Issue; 4.3 Crop Rotation; 4.4 Succession and Equilibrium; 4.5 Irreversibility and Unpredictability; 4.6 Persistence and Anticipation; Notes; References; Chapter 5: Facts, Values, and Analogies: A Darwinian Approach to Environmental Choice; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Naturalism: The Method of Experience; 5.3 An Empirical Hypothesis; 5.4 Scaling and Environmental Problem Formulation; 5.5 Darwin and Environmental Ethics; Note; References; Chapter 6: Towards EcoEvoEthics; 6.1 An Equilibrium World and the Ecosystem Paradigm
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Protection of Nature: The Path to Ecology6.3 Ecocentrism, the Ethical Counterpart of the Ecosystem Paradigm; 6.4 Ecology Meets Evolution: The Co-change Paradigm; 6.5 An Eco-evolutionary Ethics Is Needed; 6.6 Uniqueness, Diversity, and Evolutionary Values; 6.7 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 7: Ecology and Moral Ontology; 7.1 The Superorganism Paradigm in Ecology; 7.2 The Ecosystem Paradigm in Ecology; 7.3 The Rise and Fall of Ecosystems as Superorganisms; 7.4 Organisms as Superecosystems; 7.5 Classical and Recent Expressions of the Organism as Superecosystem Concept
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.6 From a Modern to a Post-modern Moral Ontology7.7 Post-modern Ecological Moral Ontology: Toward an Erotic Ethic; References; Chapter 8: Animal Rights and Environmental Ethics; 8.1 Defining Characteristics of Moral Rights; 8.1.1 ``No Trespassing´´; 8.1.2 Equality; 8.1.3 Trump; 8.1.4 Respect; 8.2 Who Has Moral Rights?; 8.2.1 Subjects-of-a-Life; 8.2.2 Animal Rights; 8.3 A Number of Environmentally-based Objections Have Been Raised Against the Rights View2; 8.3.1 The Rights View and Predator-Prey Relations; 8.3.2 The Rights View and Endangered Species; Notes; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 9: Reconciling Individualist and Deeper Environmentalist Theories? An Exploration
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753518 , 1283936070 , 9781283936071
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 315 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 298
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Agassi, Joseph, 1927 - 2023 The very idea of modern science
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Science ; Europe ; History ; 16th century ; Science ; Europe ; History ; 17th century ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie ; Citizen Science ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie ; Citizen Science
    Abstract: This book is a study of the scientific revolution as a movement of amateur science. It describes the ideology of the amateur scientific societies as the philosophy of the Enlightenment Movement and their social structure and the way they made modern science such a magnificent institution. It also shows what was missing in the scientific organization of science and why it gave way to professional science in stages. In particular the book studies the contributions of Sir Francis Bacon and of the Hon. Robert Boyle to the rise of modern science. The philosophy of induction is notoriously problematic, yet its great asset is that it expressed the view of the Enlightenment Movement about science. This explains the ambivalence that we still exhibit towards Sir Francis Bacon whose radicalism and vision of pure and applied science still a major aspect of the fabric of society. Finally, the book discusses Boyle’s philosophy, his agreement with and dissent from Bacon and the way he single-handedly trained a crowd of poorly educated English aristocrats and rendered them into an army of able amateur researchers.​
    Description / Table of Contents: The Very Idea of ModernScience; Abstract; Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; Part I: Bacons Doctrine of Prejudice (A Study in a Renaissance Religion); Introductory Note; Chapter 1: The Riddle of Bacon; 1.1 The Problem of Methodology; 1.2 The Criticism of Bacon's Writings; 1.3 The Past Suggested Solutions; Chapter 2: Bacon's Philosophy of Discovery; 2.1 Bacon's Utopianism; 2.2 Bacon's Metaphysics; 2.3 Bacon's Induction; 2.4 Bacon's Inductive Machine; Chapter 3: Ellis' Major Difficulty; Chapter 4: The Function of the Doctrine of Prejudice; 4.1 Radicalism; 4.2 Radicalism Invented
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3 Radical MethodologyChapter 5: Bacon on the Origin of Error and Prejudice; Chapter 6: Prejudices of the Senses; 6.1 The Problem of Observation; 6.2 Prejudices of the Senses; 6.3 Bacon's Theory of Discovery; 6.4 Whewell's Theory of Discovery; 6.5 Popper's Theory of Discovery; 6.6 Bacon's "Mark" of Science; Chapter 7: Prejudices of Opinions; 7.1 Suspension of Judgment; 7.2 What Is a Prejudice?; 7.3 Bacon and the Logical Empiricists; 7.4 Bacon's Double Game; 7.5 The Origin of Scientific Theories; 7.6 Science and Imagination; Chapter 8: Bacon's Influence; 8.1 Influence on Immediate Posterity
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2 Permission to Propose a Hypothesis and to Assert Metaphysics8.3 Permission De Jure and de Facto; 8.4 Legitimation Versus Criticism; 8.5 Bacon's Influence; Chapter 9: Conclusion : The Rise of the Riddle of Bacon; Part II: The Religion of Inductivism as a Living Force; Quasi-Terminological Notes; "The Inductive Style"; "Speculation" and "Hypothesis"; "Hypothesis" and "Fact"; On the Recent Literature; Homage to Robert Boyle; Chapter 10: Philosophical Background; 10.1 Inductivism Classical and Modern; 10.2 Metaphysical Views, Classical and Modern; 10.3 The Doctrine of Prejudice
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.4 The Moral Code of the Fraternity10.5 Conclusion; Chapter 11: The Social Background of Classical Science; 11.1 Researchers as Amateurs; 11.2 Researchers as Experts; 11.3 Researchers as Inventors; 11.4 Researchers as Dilettantes; Chapter 12: The Missing Link Between Bacon and the Royal Society; 12.1 The Rise of the Royal Society; 12.2 Boyle's Spirit; 12.3 Boyle's Views on the Spread of Science; Chapter 13: Boyle in the Eyes of Posterity; 13.1 The Eighteenth Century; 13.2 Herschel's Unfair Comment; 13.3 Who Discovered Boyle's Law?; 13.4 Modern Views on Boyle; 13.5 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 14: The Inductive Style14.1 The Discussion of Style; 14.2 The Inductive Style Versus the Argumentative Style; 14.3 Reporting on Experiments and Writing Systems; 14.4 Boyle on some Systems; 14.5 Thinking and Experimenting; 14.6 The Inductive Style; 14.7 Encyclopedia of Facts or a Just History of Nature; 14.8 Boyle's Promiscuous Experiments; 14.9 Boyle on Attempts to Create some Theories; 14.10 Methodological Tolerance; 14.11 The Usefulness of Hypotheses; 14.12 Civilized Argument; 14.13 Boyle on the Method of Quoting; 14.14 Circumstantial Descriptions A: The Problem
    Description / Table of Contents: 14.15 Circumstantial Descriptions B: Recent Solutions
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Acknowledgement -- PART I: BACONS DOCTRINE OF PREJUDICE -- (A study in a Renaissance Religion) Introductory Note -- I The Riddle of Bacon -- (1)  The Problem of Methodology -- (2)    II Bacon’s Philosophy of Discovery -- III Ellis’ Major Difficulty -- IV The Function of the Doctrine of Prejudice -- V Bacon on the origin of error and prejudice -- VI Prejudices of the Senses -- VII Prejudices of Opinions -- VIII Bacon’s Influence -- IX Conclusion: The rise of the commonwealth of learning -- PART II: A RELIGION OF INDUCTIVISM AS A LIVING FORCE -- A Quasi-Terminological Note -- On the recent literature -- Homage to Robert Boyle -- I Background Material -- II The social background of classical science -- III The Missing Link between Bacon and the Royal Society of London -- IV Boyle in the Eyes of Posterity -- V The Inductive Style -- VI Mechanism -- VII The new doctrine of prejudice -- Appendices. ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    ISBN: 9789400763210
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 190 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 40
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Saudi-Arabien ; Hochschule
    Abstract: This book provides the first academically rigorous description and critical analysis of the Higher Education system in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, and of the vision, strategies and policy imperatives for the future development of Saudi universities. The government of Saudi Arabia has recognized in both policy and practice the necessity of developing its university system to world-class standard. Significantly increasing access and participation in Higher Education across a range of traditional and non-traditional disciplines is directly relevant to the future social and economic growth of the country. This book addresses the way in which Saudi Arabia is moving to develop a quality university system that balances the need for students to gain the knowledge, skills and ‘ways of doing’ necessary to operate effectively on the world stage while simultaneously maintaining and demonstrating the fundamental values of the Islamic religion and culture. The book provides a description and critical analysis of the key components of the Saudi Higher Education system, and of system-level responses to the challenges and opportunities facing Saudi universities. It is written by a team of Saudi academics and authors of international standing from non-Saudi universities so as to provide both internal and external perspectives on all issues and to place information and ideas in the context of the international Higher Education scene
    Description / Table of Contents: Higher Education in Saudi Arabia; Foreword; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: Reforms, Challenges and Priorities; Introduction; The Saudi Higher Education System: An Overview; The Reform Agenda; The Vision of `World Class'; Governance and Leadership; Teaching and Learning; Research and Research Productivity; Accreditation and Quality Assurance; Equity; Privatisation; Medical Education; International Collaboration and Engagement; Data Issues; Priorities; References; Chapter 2: Dreams and Realities: The World-Class Idea and Saudi Arabian Higher Education
    Description / Table of Contents: What Is a World-Class University and System?Research Universities, World-Class Status, and Rankings in the Saudi Context; The Inevitability of Rankings; Rankings Presume a Non-existent Zero-Sum Game; Where Is Teaching in the International Rankings?; What, Then, Do the Rankings Measure?; Saudi Arabia in the Rankings; An Analysis of the Rankings in the Saudi Arabian Context; Saudi Universities in the Rankings; Saudi Universities in Webometrics; Saudi Universities in the Times Higher Education Rankings; Saudi Universities in the Academic Ranking of World Universities
    Description / Table of Contents: The Impact of Ranking on Saudi UniversitiesWhat Is a World-Class System?; Ministry of Higher Education Strategies; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Governance in Saudi Higher Education; Introduction; Governance Arrangements; Historical Overview; Role of the Government in Higher Education; Hierarchical Structure of Saudi Higher Education; Recent Governance Reform in Saudi Higher Education; King Abdullah University for Science and Technology (KAUST); King Saud University (KSU); Current Governance Issues in Saudi Higher Education; Critical Analysis of Saudi University Governance; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: The Learning Experiences of Saudi Arabian Higher Education Leadership: Characteristics for Global SuccessIntroduction; The Role of Leadership in Higher Education; Academic Leadership and Culture; Leadership Development Experiences Worldwide; The Academic Leadership Center Initiative in Saudi Arabia; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Delivering High-Quality Teaching and Learning for University Students in Saudi Arabia; Context: A National System; Context: Entry Levels and Fields of Study; Context: Teaching and Research, Complementary or Competitive?
    Description / Table of Contents: Basic Issues and the Way They InteractA Particular Issue: Learning in English When the Home Language Is Arabic; Providing Support for Saudi Staff; Providing Support for Students; The Preparatory Year; Adequate Study Skills Remain a Major Issue; Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Assessment of Student Learning; Introduction; The Nature of Traditional Assessment; Concerns About the Nature of Assessment; Educational Reforms and New Directions in Student Assessment; New Learning and Assessment Paradigms; The Emphasis of NCAAA on Assessment of Learning Outcomes
    Description / Table of Contents: Changes in Student Assessment Methods and Purposes
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword -- 1. Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: Reforms, Challenges and Priorities -- 2. Dreams and Realities: The World-class Idea and Saudi Arabian Higher Education -- 3. Governance in Saudi Higher Education -- 4. The Learning Experiences of Saudi Arabian Higher Education Leadership: Characteristics for Global Success -- 5. Delivering High Quality Teaching and Learning for University Students in Saudi Arabia -- 6. Assessment of Student Learning -- 7. The Role of Information Technology in Supporting Quality Teaching and Learning -- 8. Selecting and Developing High Quality University Staff -- 9. Knowledge-Based Innovation and Research Productivity in Saudi Arabia -- 10. Accreditation and Quality Assurance -- 11. Higher Education for Women in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia -- 12. Private Higher Education in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: Reality - Challenges - Aspirations -- 13. The Development of Medical Education in Saudi Arabia -- 14. Student Scholarships in Saudi Arabia: Implications and Opportunities for Overseas Engagement -- 15. International Collaboration -- 16. Challenges and Opportunities for Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: An Exploratory Focus Group.- 17. Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: Conclusions -- List of Contributors -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    ISBN: 9789400752313
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 212 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Sophia Studies in Cross-cultural Philosophy of Traditions and Cultures 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Regional planning ; Migration ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Regional planning ; Migration
    Abstract: This searching examination of the life and philosophy of the twentieth-century Indian intellectual Jarava Lal Mehta details, among other things, his engagement with the oeuvres of Martin Heidegger, Hans-Georg Gadamer, and Jacques Derrida. It shows how Mehta's sense of cross-cultural philosophy and religious thought were affected by these engagements, and maps the two key contributions Mehta made to the sum of human ideas. First, Mehta outlined what the author dubs a 'postcolonial hermeneutics' that uses the 'ethnotrope' of the pilgrim to challenge the philosophical hermeneutic emphasis on supplementation and augmentation. For Mehta, the hermeneutic encounter ruptures, rather than supplements, the self. Secondly, Mehta extended this concept of hermeneutics to interrogate the Hindu tradition, arriving at the concept of the 'negative messianic'. In contrast to Derrida's emphasis on the 'one to come', Mehta shows how the Hindu bhakti model represents the very opposite, that is, the 'withdrawn other, ' identifying thereby the ethical pitfalls of deconstructivism's emphasis on the messianic tradition. This is the only full-length study in English of this high-profile Hindu philosopher
    Abstract: This searching examination of the life and philosophy of the twentieth-century Indian intellectual Jarava Lal Mehta details, among other things, his engagement with the oeuvres of Martin Heidegger, Hans-Georg Gadamer, and Jacques Derrida. It shows how Mehta’s sense of cross-cultural philosophy and religious thought were affected by these engagements, and maps the two key contributions Mehta made to the sum of human ideas. First, Mehta outlined what the author dubs a ‘postcolonial hermeneutics’ that uses the ‘ethnotrope’ of the pilgrim to challenge the philosophical hermeneutic emphasis on supplementation and augmentation. For Mehta, the hermeneutic encounter ruptures, rather than supplements, the self. Secondly, Mehta extended this concept of hermeneutics to interrogate the Hindu tradition, arriving at the concept of the ‘negative messianic’. In contrast to Derrida's emphasis on the 'one to come', Mehta shows how the Hindu bhakti model represents the very opposite, that is, the 'withdrawn other,' identifying thereby the ethical pitfalls of deconstructivism's emphasis on the messianic tradition. This is the only full-length study in English of this high-profile Hindu philosopher
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- From Banaras to the West and and Back -- From Subcontinent to Continental -- Pilgrims and Pilgrimages -- Digging at the Roots: The Logic of the Hindu Tradition -- Heroes, Jewish Nomads, and Hindu Pilgrims: Ulysses, Abraham and Uddhava at the Cross- (cultural) - roads -- Bibliography.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400754768 , 1283910845 , 9781283910842
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 249 p. 13 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: GeoJournal Library 106
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Architecture ; Regional economics ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Architecture ; Regional economics ; Human Geography
    Abstract: There is consensus in literature that urban areas have become increasingly vulnerable to the outcomes of economic restructuring under the neoliberal political economic ideology. The increased frequency and widening diversity of problems offer evidence that the socio-economic and spatial policies, planning and practices introduced under the neoliberal agenda can no longer be sustained. As this shortfall was becoming more evident among urban policymakers, planners, and researchers in different parts of the world, a group of discontent researchers began searching for new approaches to addressing the increasing vulnerabilities of urban systems in the wake of growing socio-economic and ecological problems. This book is the joint effort of those who have long felt that contemporary planning systems and policies are inadequate in preparing cities for the future in an increasingly neoliberalising world. It argues that resilience thinking can form the basis of an alternative approach to planning. Drawing upon case studies from five cities in Europe, namely Lisbon, Porto, Istanbul, Stockholm, and Rotterdam, the book makes an exploration of the resilience perspective, raising a number of theoretical debates, and suggesting a new methodological approach based on empirical evidence. This book provides insights for intellectuals exploring alternative perspectives and principles of a new planning approach
    Abstract: There is consensus in literature that urban areas have become increasingly vulnerable to the outcomes of economic restructuring under the neoliberal political economic ideology. The increased frequency and widening diversity of problems offer evidence that the socio-economic and spatial policies, planning and practices introduced under the neoliberal agenda can no longer be sustained. As this shortfall was becoming more evident among urban policymakers, planners, and researchers in different parts of the world, a group of discontent researchers began searching for new approaches to addressing the increasing vulnerabilities of urban systems in the wake of growing socio-economic and ecological problems. This book is the joint effort of those who have long felt that contemporary planning systems and policies are inadequate in preparing cities for the future in an increasingly neoliberalising world. It argues that “resilience thinking” can form the basis of an alternative approach to planning. Drawing upon case studies from five cities in Europe, namely Lisbon, Porto, Istanbul, Stockholm, and Rotterdam, the book makes an exploration of the resilience perspective, raising a number of theoretical debates, and suggesting a new methodological approach based on empirical evidence. This book provides insights for intellectuals exploring alternative perspectives and principles of a new planning approach.
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction: Resilience Thinking in Urban Planning: Ayda Eraydin and Tuna Taşan-Kok -- Chapter 2: “Resilience Thinking” for Planning: Ayda Eraydin -- Chapter 3: Conceptual Overview of Resilience: History and Context: Tuna Taşan-Kok, Dominic Stead and Peiwen Lu -- Chapter 4: Urban Resilience and Spatial Dynamics: Sara Santos Cruz,  João Pedro Costa, Silvia Ávila de Sousa and Paulo Pinho -- Chaper 5: Analysing the Socio-spatial Vulnerability to Drivers of Globalisation in Lisbon, Oporto, Istanbul, Stockholm and Rotterdam: Tuna Taşan-Kok and Dominic Stead -- Chapter 6: Systems, Cultures, Styles: Spatial Planning in Portugal, Turkey, Sweden and the Netherlands: Sofia Morgado and Luís Dias -- Chapter 7: Managing Urban Change in Five European Urban Agglomerations: Key Policy Documents and Institutional Frameworks: Peter Schmitt -- Chapter 8: Evaluating Resilience in Planning: Paulo Pinho, Vítor Oliveira and Ana Martins -- Chapter 9: Assessing Urban Resilience in the Metropolitan Area of Lisbon: the Case of Alcântara: Luís Dias, Sofia Morgado and João Pedro Costa -- Chapter 10: Evaluating Urban Policies from a Resilient Perspective: The Case of Oporto: Vítor Oliveira, Ana Martins and Sara Santos Cruz -- Chapter 11: The Evaluation of Different Processes of Spatial Development from a Resilience Perspective in Istanbul: Ayda Eraydin, Ali Türel and Deniz Altay Kaya -- Chapter 12: Urban Resilience and Polycentricity - the Case of the Stockholm Urban Agglomeration: Peter Schmitt, Lisbeth Greve Harbo, Asli Tepecik Diş and Anu Henriksson -- Chapter 13: Urban Resilience, Climate Change and Land-Use Planning in Rotterdam: Dominic  Stead and Tuna Taşan-Kok -- Chapter 14: The Evaluation of Findings and Future of Resilience Thinking in Planning: Ayda Eraydin and Tuna Taşan-Kok -- Index..
    Note: Includes index , Introduction: Resilience Thinking in Urban Planning , "Resilience Thinking" for Planning , Conceptual Overview of Resilience: History and Context , Urban Resilience and Spatial Dynamics , Analysing the Socio-Spatial Vulnerability to Drivers of Globalisation in Lisbon, Oporto, Istanbul, Stockholm and Rotterdam , Systems, Cultures and Styles: Spatial Planning in Portugal, Turkey, Sweden and the Netherlands , Managing Urban Change in Five European Urban Agglomerations: Key Policy Documents and Institutional Frameworks , Evaluating Resilience in Planning , Assessing Urban Resilience in the Metropolitan Area of Lisbon: The Case of Alcântara , Evaluating Urban Policies from a Resilience Perspective: The Case of Oporto , The Evaluation of Different Processes of Spatial Development from a Resilience Perspective in Istanbul , Urban Resilience and Polycentricity: The Case of the Stockholm Urban Agglomeration , Urban Resilience, Climate Change and Land-Use Planning in Rotterdam , The Evaluation of Findings and Future of Resilience Thinking in Planning
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753570 , 1283936097 , 9781283936095
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 215 p. 23 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 362
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Bayesian argumentation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Computer simulation ; Applied linguistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Applied psychology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Computer simulation ; Applied linguistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Applied psychology ; Reasoning (Psychology) ; Congresses ; Logic ; Congresses ; Thought and thinking ; Congresses ; Probabilities ; Congresses ; Bayesian statistical decision theory ; Congresses ; Konferenzschrift ; Argumentationstheorie ; Bayes-Entscheidungstheorie
    Abstract: Relevant to, and drawing from, a range of disciplines, the chapters in this collection show the diversity, and applicability, of research in Bayesian argumentation. Together, they form a challenge to philosophers versed in both the use and criticism of Bayesian models who have largely overlooked their potential in argumentation. Selected from contributions to a multidisciplinary workshop on the topic held in Lund, Sweden, in autumn 2010, the authors count legal scholars and cognitive scientists among their number, in addition to philosophers. They analyze material that includes real-life court cases, experimental research results, and the insights gained from computer models.The volume provides a formal measure of subjective argument strength and argument force, robust enough to allow advocates of opposing sides of an argument to agree on the relative strengths of their supporting reasoning. With papers from leading figures such as Mike Oaksford and Ulrike Hahn, the book comprises recent research conducted at the frontiers of Bayesian argumentation and provides a multitude of examples in which these formal tools can be applied to informal argument. It signals new and impending developments in philosophy, which has seen Bayesian models deployed in formal epistemology and philosophy of science, but has yet to explore the full potential of Bayesian models as a framework in argumentation. In doing so, this revealing anthology looks destined to become a standard teaching text in years to come.
    Description / Table of Contents: Bayesian Argumentation; Foreword; Contents; Bayesian Argumentation: The Practical Side of Probability; 1 Introduction; 2 The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; 3 Chapter Overview; 3.1 The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; 3.2 The Legal Domain; 3.3 Modeling Rational Agents; 3.4 Theoretical Issues; References; Part I: The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; Testimony and Argument: A Bayesian Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Testimony, Argumentation and the `Third Way´; 3 Some Problems for MAXMIN; 4 A Bayesian Perspective; 5 Message Content and Message Source: Exploring Norms and Intuitions
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Rehousing Argumentation Schemes Within a Bayesian Framework7 Concluding Remarks; References; Why Are We Convinced by the Ad Hominem Argument?: Bayesian Source Reliability and Pragma-Dialectical Discussion Rules; 1 Types of the Argumentum Ad Hominem; 2 The Pragma-Dialectical Approach; 3 The Bayesian Approach; 4 An Experiment on the Argument Ad Hominem; 5 Method; 6 Results and Discussion; 7 Conclusion; Appendix: Experimental Materials; Abusive; Circumstantial; Tu Quoque; Control; References; 1 Introduction; 2 Survey of Relevant Uncertainties; Part II: The Legal Domain
    Description / Table of Contents: A Survey of Uncertainties and Their Consequences in Probabilistic Legal Argumentation2.1 The Example Case; 2.2 Factual Uncertainty; 2.3 Normative Uncertainty; 2.4 Moral Uncertainty; 2.5 Empirical Uncertainty; 2.6 Interdependencies; 3 Desirable Attributes for a Probabilistic Argument Model to Assist Litigation Planning; 3.1 Assessment of Utilities; 3.2 Easy Knowledge Engineering; 3.3 Conflict Resolution and Argument Weights; 4 Sample Assessment of Graphical Models; 4.1 A Graphical Structure of the Analysis; 4.2 Casting the Example into a Graphical Model; 4.3 Generic Bayesian Networks
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Carneades5.1 A Brief Introduction to the Carneades Model; 5.2 Carneades Bayesian Networks; 5.3 Carneades Bayesian Networks with Probabilistic Assumptions; 5.4 Introduction to Argument Weights; 6 Extension of Carneades to Support Probabilistic Argument Weights; 7 Desiderata for Future Developments; 7.1 Weights Subject to Argumentation; 7.2 Inform Weights from Values; 8 Conclusions and Future Work; References; Was It Wrong to Use Statistics in R v Clark? A Case Study of the Use of Statistical Evidence in Criminal Courts; 1 Introduction; 2 Factual Background; 3 Existing Explanations
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 The Flaws in Meadow´s Calculation3.2 The Psychological Effect of the Statistical Evidence; 3.3 The Prosecutor´s Fallacy; 3.4 Bayes´ Theorem; 3.5 The Insignificance of the SIDS Statistics; 4 The Contrastive Explanation; 5 Conclusion; References; Part III: Modeling Rational Agents; A Bayesian Simulation Model of Group Deliberation and Polarization; 1 Introduction; 2 The Laputa Simulation Framework; 3 The Underlying Bayesian Model; 4 Interpreting Laputa; 5 Do Bayesian Inquirers Polarize?; 6 Conclusion and Discussion; Appendix; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Degrees of Justification, Bayes´ Rule, and Rationality
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Frank Zenker.​- Part 1 -- The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation -- Chapter 1. Testimony and Argument: A Bayesian Perspective: Ulrike Hahn, Mike Oaksford and Adam J.L. Harris -- Chapter 2. Why are we convinced by the Ad Hominem Argument?: Source Reliability or Pragma-Dialectics: Mike Oaksford and Ulrike Hahn.- Part 2. The Legal Domain.-Chapter 3. A survey of uncertainties and their consequences in Probabilistic Legal Argumentation: Matthias Grabmair and Kevin D. Ashley -- Chapter 4. What went wrong in the case of Sally Clark? A case-study of the use of Statistical Evidence in Court: Amid Pundik -- Part 3. Modeling Rational Agents -- Chapter 5. A Bayesian Simulation Model of Group Deliberation: Erik J. Olsson -- Chapter 6. Degrees of Justification, Bayes' Rule, and Rationality: Gregor Betz -- Chapter 7. Argumentation with (Bounded) Rational Agents: Robert van Rooij and Kris de Jaeghery -- Part 4. Theoretical Issues -- Chapter 8. Reductio, Coherence, and the Myth of Epistemic Circularity: Tomoji Shogenji -- Chapter 9. On Argument Strength: Niki Pfeiffer -- Chapter 10 -- Upping the Stakes and the Preface Paradox: Jonny Blamey -- References.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    ISBN: 9789400754850
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 332 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 273
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The Berlin Group and the philosophy of logical empiricism
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Dubislav, Walter, 1895- ; Oppenheim, Paul, 1885- ; Grelling, Kurt ; Fries, Jakob Friedrich, 1773-1843 ; Science ; Philosophy ; History ; 20th century ; Congresses ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Reichenbach, Hans 1891-1953 ; Neopositivismus ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie
    Abstract: The Berlin Group for scientific philosophy was active between 1928 and 1933 and was closely related to the Vienna Circle. In 1930, the leaders of the two Groups, Hans Reichenbach and Rudolf Carnap, launched the journal Erkenntnis. However, between the Berlin Group and the Vienna Circle, there was not only close relatedness but also significant difference. Above all, while the Berlin Group explored philosophical problems of the actual practice of science, the Vienna Circle, closely following Wittgenstein, was more interested in problems of the language of science. The book includes first discussion ever (in three chapters) on Walter Dubislav’s logic and philosophy. Two chapters are devoted to another author scarcely explored in English, Kurt Grelling, and another one to Paul Oppenheim who became an important figure in the philosophy of science in the USA in the 1940s-1960s. Finally, the book discusses the precursor of the Nord-German tradition of scientific philosophy, Jacob Friedrich Fries
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Milkov, Peckhaus.- Part I. Introductory Chapters -- Part II. Historical-Theoretical Context -- Part III. Hans Reichenbach -- Part IV. Walter Dubislav -- Part V. Kurt Grelling and  Alexander Herzberg -- Part VI. Carl Hempel und Paul Oppenheim.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400754010
    Language: French
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 382 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H.L. van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 209
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Perreau, Laurent, 1976 - Le monde social selon Husserl
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Husserl, Edmund 1859-1938 ; Philosophie ; Husserl, Edmund 1859-1938 ; Phänomenologie ; Sozialphilosophie
    Abstract: Cette étude est consacrée à l'examen de la théorie du monde social qui se découvre dans la phénoménologie d’Edmund Husserl : est-elle à même de dire les phénomènes sociaux, sur quel mode et avec quels résultats ?Dans un premier moment, nous reconstituons le propos des deux « ontologies sociales » qui pensent le monde social en son essence et en ses essences : d’une part, l'ontologie de la région « monde social », subordonnée à la région de l'« esprit » et élaborée à partir d'une phénoménologie de la communication ; d’autre part, l'ontologie morphologique et eidétique des formes essentielles de communautés sociales. Dans un second moment, nous suivons l'élaboration d'une « sociologie transcendantale » qui reconsidère le rapport de la subjectivité transcendantale au monde social. Nous montrons comment les développements de la théorie de la personne dans la perspective de la phénoménologie génétique, qui semblent nous détourner de la considération de sa socialité, précisent en réalité le rapport du sujet personnel au monde social sous l'angle de sa « mienneté », de l'habitualité et de la familiarité d'une part, et dans la perspective d'une éthique sociale d'autre part. On établit enfin comment, autour de la Krisis, la théorie du monde de la vie fournit le cadre théorique d'une « sociologie transcendantale » qui se développe, sur le fond d'une anthropologie du monde commun, comme théorie de la générativité. De l'ontologie sociale à la sociologie transcendantale, cette recherche est conçue comme une investigation des ressources et des difficultés de la voie d'accès à la réduction transcendantale par l'ontologie, relativement à la question du « social ».Remarquable enquête menée sur l'expérience sociale du sujet, la phénoménologie husserlienne du monde social est susceptible d’intéresser le sociologue tout autant que le philosophe qui s’interroge sur la nature du « social » en général
    Description / Table of Contents: Le Monde Social Selon Husserl; Remerciements; Table des Matières; Abréviations; Remarques générales; Abréviations retenues pour les références aux œuvres de Husserl; Chapitre 1: Introduction générale : comment dire les phénomènes sociaux?; 1.1 L'idée d'une phénoménologie du monde social; 1.2 Vers une «sociologie transcendantale»; 1.3 Les préventions à l'égard de la phénoménologie husserlienne du monde social; 1.3.1 Les limites d'une philosophie du sujet; 1.3.2 Les prestiges de l'alter ego; 1.3.3 La supposée inconsistance du propos husserlien sur le monde social
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2 Le rapport à la personne autre comme foyer expressif3.3 La communication effective; 3.3.1 La prise de «contact» ( Berührung); 3.3.2 L'échange réciproque; 3.3.3 Le rapport Je-Tu et la synthèse de recouvrement; 3.3.4 La formation du «consensus» ( Einverständnis); Chapitre 4: La région ontologique «monde social»; 4.1 La pulsion sociale; 4.1.1 La pulsion sociale comme pulsion socialisée (pulsion sexuelle et pulsion maternelle); 4.1.2 La pulsion sociale comme puissance de socialisation; 4.1.3 La pulsion sociale comme tendance primaire à la communautisation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 La théorie des «actes sociaux» : du monde de la communication ( kommunikative Welt) à la communauté de volonté ( Willensgemeinschaft)4.3 Les «personnalités d'ordre supérieur»; 4.3.1 Sur le sens de l'expression «d'ordre supérieur» (höhere Ordnung); 4.3.2 La dimension «personnelle» de la communauté sociale; 4.3.3 L'unité normative des «personnalités d'ordre supérieur»; 4.3.4 La distinction phénoménologique des «personnalités d'ordre supérieur»; Deuxième partie: les formes essentielles du monde social; Chapitre 5: Vers une morpho-typique eidétique du monde social
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Du projet général d'une élucidation des particularités conceptuelles des sciences sociales à l'idée d'une morphologie eidétique du monde social
    Description / Table of Contents:  REMERCIEMENTS -- TABLE DES MATIÈRES -- ABRÉVIATIONS -- Abréviations retenues pour les références aux œuvres de Husserl -- Introduction : dire les phénomènes sociaux -- PREMIERE PARTIE : ONTOLOGIES DU MONDE SOCIAL -- Introduction -- SECTION I : La région « monde social » -- Chapitre I : De l’esprit au monde social.- Chapitre II. La communication comme forme élémentaire de la vie sociale.- Chapitre III. La région ontologique « monde social » -- SECTION II : Les formes essentielles du monde social -- Chapitre IV : Vers une morpho-typique éïdétique du monde social.- Chapitre V : De quelques formes essentielles du monde social.- SECONDE PARTIE : VERS UNE « SOCIOLOGIE TRANSCENDANTALE » -- SECTION III : Sujet personnel et monde social. Problémes et difficultés d’une définition transcendantale de la personne -- Chapitre VI : Problèmes et difficultés d’une théorie de la personne dans les Ideen II.- Chapitre VII. La genèse passive de la personne : l’appropriation habituelle, typique et familière du monde environnant.- Chapitre VIII. La genèse active de la personne.- Conclusion de la section III  -- Section IV : DU MONDE DE LA VIE AU MONDE SOCIAL -- Introduction : De la question de la genèse personnelle de soi aux problèmes de la prédonation de l’expérience sociale -- Chapitre IX : De la théorie du monde de la vie à la théorie du monde social.-Chapitre X : Le monde de la vie comme monde commun : le fondement anthropologique de la sociologie transcendantale.- Chapitre XI : La theorie de la générativité comme theorie de la relativisation socio-historique de l’expérience communautaire.- Conclusion -- Bibliographie -- Index Nominum.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    ISBN: 9789400715189
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 414 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H.L. van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 206
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Schütz, Alfred, 1899 - 1959 Collected papers ; 6: Literary reality and relationships
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Linguistics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Linguistics ; Literatur ; Interaktion
    Abstract: This book contains texts devoted by Alfred Schutz to the 'normative' areas of literature and ethics. It includes writings dealing with the author-reader relationship, multiple realities, the literary province of meaning, and Schutz's views on equality. Never published in English commentaries on Goethe's novel and the account of personality in the social world appear in this volume.
    Abstract: The three essays in this volume illuminate Alfred Schutz’s understanding of literature and literary relationships. The first, “Life Forms and Meaning Structures,” presents such ideal life-forms as duration, memory, the speaking ego, and the I in relation to the Thou. This essay also describes the fundamental nature of human experience, its pluralized realms, the passage of time, perspectival interpretation, action and its impediments-all concepts which make possible an understanding of literature and literary themes. The essay goes on to discuss opera, and the relationship between music and language in opera. The second essay, “The Problem of Personality in the Social World,” offers insights into the unity the social person achieves, temporality, and the role of the body and the importance of pragmatic relevances. This shows how, even before he arrived in the United States, Schutz went beyond his 1932 Phenomenology of the Social World in a pragmatic direction. This essay anticipates Schutz’s 1945 essay, “On Multiple Realities,” by discussing reality-spheres of working, phantasy, dreams, and theory. Reality-spheres are vital for understanding literature, as shown in the third essay, which translates for the first time two Goethe manuscripts produced by Schutz in 1948. The first text, on Lehrjahre, reveals Schutz actually interpreting a piece of literature, tracing the themes of art and life and fate and freedom through the text. The second, a commentary on Goethe’s Wanderjahre, presents an inchoate theory of literature. Defending Goethe’s 1829 version of the Wanderjahre novel, Schutz argues that critics miss the point that readers of literature adopt a specific kind of epoché in which they enter a reality-sphere governed by “the logic of the poetic event,” whose rules are not those of everyday life or theoretical contemplation. In sum, this volume brings out the distinctive character of literary reality and the relationships between author and reader, and invites the reader to derive a sense of how Schutz himself read literature.
    Description / Table of Contents: Editorial Introduction by Michael Barber -- Life Forms and Meaning Structures -- The Problem of Personality in the Social World” -- Two Goethe Texts: “Wilhelm Meisters Lehrjahre” (Wilhelm Meister’s Year of Apprenticeship) and “Zu Wilhelm Meisters Wanderjahren” (On Wilhelm Meister’s Years of Travel).
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400748750
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 349 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher
    Abstract: This volume provides insightful analysis of the way higher education engages with socially excluded communities. Leading researchers and commentators examine the validity of the claim that universities can be active facilitators of social mobility, opening access to the knowledge economy for formerly excluded groups. The authors assess the extent to which the ‘Academy’ can deliver on its promise to build bridges with communities whose young people often assume that higher education lies beyond their ambitions. The chapters map the core dynamics of the relationship between higher education and communities which have bucked the more general trend of rapidly rising student numbers. Contributors also take the opportunity to reflect on the potential impact of these dynamics on the evolution of the university’s role as a social institution. The volume was inspired by a symposium attended by a wide spectrum of participants, including government, senior university managers, academic researchers and community groups based in areas suffering from social exclusion. It makes a substantive contribution to an under-researched field, with authors seeking to both shape solutions as well as better diagnose the problem. Some chapters include valuable contextual analysis, using empirical data from North America, Europe and Australia to add substance to the debates on policy and theory. The volume seeks to offer a defining intellectual statement on the interaction between the concept of a ‘university’ and those communities historically missing from higher education participation, the volume deepens our understanding of what might characterise an ‘engaged’ university and strengthens the theoretical foundations of the topic.
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈p〉Preface -- Contributors -- 〈b〉Part 1〈/b〉: University Engagement with Socially Excluded Communities -- 〈b〉Part 2:〈/b〉 Internal University Transformations for Effective Regional Engagement -- 〈b〉Part 3:〈/b〉 Transformations in the Epistemic ‘Idea’ of a University -- 〈b〉Part 4:〈/b〉 Transformation in the Social Environment for University-Community Engagement -- 〈b〉Part 5:〈/b〉 Conclusions -- 〈i〉 〈/i〉Index.〈/p〉.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746237
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 277 p. 51 illus., 10 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Understanding Population Trends and Processes 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Spatial microsimulation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Economics Statistics ; Quality of Life Research ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Economics Statistics ; Quality of Life Research ; Demography ; Spatial analysis (Statistics) ; Space ; Computer simulation ; Statistical matching ; Demography ; Demographie ; Räumliche Statistik ; Mikrosimulation
    Abstract: This book is a practical guide on how to design, create and validate a spatial microsimulation model. These models are becoming more popular as academics and policy makers recognise the value of place in research and policy making. Recent spatial microsimulation models have been used to analyse health and social disadvantage for small areas; and to look at the effect of policy change for small areas. This provides a powerful analysis tool for researchers and policy makers. This book covers preparing the data for spatial microsimulation; a number of methods for both static and dynamic spatial microsimulation models; validation of the models to ensure the outputs are reasonable; and the future of spatial microsimulation. The book will be an essential handbook for any researcher or policy maker looking to design and create a spatial microsimulation model. This book will also be useful to those policy makers who are commissioning a spatial microsimulation model, or looking to commission work using a spatial microsimulation model, as it provides information on the different methods in a non-technical way.
    Description / Table of Contents: Spatial Microsimulation: A Reference Guide for Users; Foreword; Contents; Part I: Background; Chapter 1: Introduction to Spatial Microsimulation: History, Methods and Applications; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History of Spatial Microsimulation; 1.3 Applications of Spatial Microsimulation Models; 1.4 Validation of Spatial Microsimulation Models; 1.5 The Future; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Building a Static Spatial Microsimulation Model: Data Preparation; 2.1 Data Sources and Requirements; 2.2 Sample Scope; 2.3 Unit of Analysis; 2.3.1 Non-private Dwellings
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2 Non-classifiable Households2.4 Population Imputation; 2.4.1 Imputation of Child Records; 2.4.2 Imputation of a Non-private Dwelling Population; 2.5 Matching Variable Definitions in the Sample Survey and the Census; 2.6 Uprating and Deflating; 2.7 Balancing Data; 2.8 Conclusion; References; Part II: Static Spatial Microsimulation Models; Chapter 3: An Evaluation of Two Synthetic Small-Area Microdata Simulation Methodologies: Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.1 Background; 3.2 Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation Methodologies
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.1 Synthetic Reconstruction3.2.2 Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.3 Innovations in Synthetic Reconstruction; 3.3.1 Modified Monte Carlo Sampling; 3.3.2 Statistical Justification of Reconstruction Order; 3.3.3 Modelled 100% Counts of 10% Data; 3.3.4 Improved Data Linkage; 3.3.5 Data Reconciliation; 3.4 Innovations in Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.4.1 Validated Random Number Generation; 3.4.2 Sequential Table Fitting; 3.4.3 Stratified Household Selection; 3.4.4 RSSZ*: A New Selection Criterion; 3.4.5 Stopping Rules; 3.5 Understanding Between-Area Variation; 3.5.1 Spatial Concentration
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.2 Multicollinearity3.6 A Framework for Validating Small-Area Microdata; 3.6.1 Identification of Appropriate Measures of Fit; 3.6.2 Innovations in Types of Fit Measured; 3.7 The Impact on Combinatorial Optimisation of Selected Improvements; 3.7.1 Substitution of TAE with RSSZ *; 3.7.2 Stratified Household Selection; 3.8 Synthetic Reconstruction vs. Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.8.1 ED-Level Mean Fit; 3.8.2 ED-Level Fit of the Mean; 3.8.3 Ward-Level Fit; 3.8.4 Fit of Unconstrained Counts; 3.9 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Estimating Small-Area Income Deprivation : An Iterative Proportional Fitting Approach4.1 Background; 4.2 Small-Area Income Estimation Methods; 4.3 The Iterative Proportion Fitting Approach; 4.3.1 Definition of Income; 4.3.2 Choice of Constraint Variables; 4.3.3 Small-Area IPF Algorithm Implementation; 4.4 Results; 4.5 Validation; 4.6 Conclusions and Future Directions; References; Chapter 5: SimObesity: Combinatorial Optimisation (Deterministic) Model; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Why Use Spatial Microsimulation Modelling to Model Disease Data?; 5.2.1 Why Use a Deterministic Model?
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 SimObesity Methodology
    Description / Table of Contents: Part 1: Background: Chapter 1: Introduction to spatial microsimulation - History, Methods and Applications: Robert Tanton and Kimberley Edwards -- Chapter 2: Building a static spatial microsimulation model: data preparation: Rebecca Cassells, Riyana Miranti and Ann Harding -- Part 2: Static spatial microsimulation models -- Chapter 3: An Evaluation of Two Synthetic Small-Area Microdata simulation methodologies: Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation methodologies: Paul Williamson -- Chapter 4: Estimating Small Area Income Deprivation: An Iterative Proportional Fitting Approach: Ben Anderson -- Chapter 5: SimObesity: Combinatorial Optimisation (deterministic) model: Kimberley Edwards and Graham Clarke -- Chapter 6: Spatial Microsimulation using a generalised regression model: Robert Tanton, Ann Harding and Justine McNamara -- Chapter 7: Creating a Spatial Microsimulation model of the Irish Local Economy: Niall Farrell, Karyn Morrissey and Cathal O’Donoghue -- Chapter 8: Linking static spatial microsimulation modelling to meso-scale models: The Relationship between Access to GP services & Long Term Illness: Karyn Morrissey, Graham Clarke and Cathal O’Donoghue -- Chapter 9: Projections using a static Spatial Microsimulation model: Yogi Vidyattama and Robert Tanton -- Chapter 10: Limits of static Spatial Microsimulation models: Robert Tanton and Kimberley Edwards -- Part 3: Dynamic spatial microsimulation models -- Chapter 11: Moses: A dynamic spatial microsimulation model for demographic planning: Belinda Wu and Mark Birkin -- Chapter 12: Design principles for micro models: Einar Holm and Kalle Mäkilä -- Chapter 13: SimEducation: a dynamic spatial microsimulation model for understanding educational inequalities: Dimitris Kavroudakis, Dimitris Ballas and Mark Birkin -- Chapter 14: Challenges for spatial dynamic microsimulation modelling: Mark Birkin -- Part 4: Validation of spatial microsimulation models and conclusion -- Chapter 15: Validation of spatial microsimulation models: Kimberley Edwards and Robert Tanton -- Chapter 16: Conclusions and the future of spatial microsimulation modelling: Graham Clarke and Ann Harding..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400754409
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 693 p. 4 illus., 1 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 21
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buch-Ausgabe Climate change and the law
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Renewable energy sources ; Climatic changes ; Economics ; Law ; Law ; Renewable energy sources ; Climatic changes ; Economics ; Climatic changes ; Law and legislation ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Klimaänderung ; Internationales Umweltrecht
    Abstract: Climate Change and the Law is the first scholarly effort to systematically address doctrinal issues related to climate law as an emergent legal discipline. It assembles some of the most recognized experts in the field to identify relevant trends and common themes from a variety of geographic and professional perspectives.In a remarkably short time span, climate change has become deeply embedded in important areas of the law. As a global challenge calling for collective action, climate change has elicited substantial rulemaking at the international plane, percolating through the broader legal system to the regional, national and local levels. More than other areas of law, the normative and practical framework dedicated to climate change has embraced new instruments and softened traditional boundaries between formal and informal, public and private, substantive and procedural; so ubiquitous is the reach of relevant rules nowadays that scholars routinely devote attention to the intersection of climate change and more established fields of legal study, such as international trade law.Climate Change and the Law explores the rich diversity of international, regional, national, sub-national and transnational legal responses to climate change. Is climate law emerging as a new legal discipline? If so, what shared objectives and concepts define it? How does climate law relate to other areas of law? Such questions lie at the heart of this new book, whose thirty chapters cover doctrinal questions as well as a range of thematic and regional case studies. As Christiana Figueres, Executive Secretary of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), states in her preface, these chapters collectively provide a “review of the emergence of a new discipline, its core principles and legal techniques, and its relationship and potential interaction with other disciplines.”
    Description / Table of Contents: Climate Change and the Law; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Abbreviations; Chapter 1: Introduction: Climate Change and the Law; 1.1 Exploring the Relationship Between Climate Change and the Law; 1.2 Structure and Organization; Part I: Climate Law as an Emerging Discipline; Chapter 2: Implementing Climate Governance: Instrument Choice and Interaction; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Exploring the Boundaries of Domestic Climate Law; 2.2.1 Instrument Choice at the Domestic Level; 2.2.2 Instrument Interactions at the Domestic Level
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.2.1 Internal and External Conflicts - An Analytical Framework2.2.3 Coherence by Design: Envisioning a Domestic Climate Management Regime; 2.2.3.1 The Legal Context - Identifying a Mandate; 2.2.3.2 Integrated Greenhouse Gas Management - Clinching the Objective; 2.3 Instrument Choice at the International Level; Chapter 3: Exploring the Landscape of Climate Law and Scholarship: Two Emerging Trends; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Mapping the Landscape of Climate Change Law; 3.2.1 Role of the UNFCCC; 3.2.2 Regulation of the CDM: Multiple Layers, Diverse Actors and Deformalization
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Climate Law: Interactions Between Sources of Legal Authority3.3.1 Background: Globalization and Law; 3.3.2 Climate Law and Interaction Between Different Sources of Legal Authority; 3.3.2.1 Vertical Interaction: International and National Law; 3.3.2.2 Vertical Interaction: Sub-national Initiatives; 3.3.2.3 Interaction Between National Jurisdictions; 3.4 Climate Law: Non-state Actors and Deformalization; 3.4.1 Public-Private Partnerships and Other Hybrid Initiatives; 3.4.2 Private Sector Engagement and Voluntary Regulatory Initiatives; 3.4.3 Non-state Actors and Climate Law Research
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 ConclusionsChapter 4: Climate Change and Justice: Perspectives of Legal Theory; 4.1 Theoretical Background: Ethical and Legal Considerations; 4.2 Human Rights: Only Subordinate and Vague "Duties of Protection" with Regard to Sustainability? The Traditional Legal Point of View in Europe and Germany; 4.3 Intergenerational and Global Scope of Human Rights, Protecting the Conditions of Freedom, and Multipolarity of Freedom; 4.4 The Case of Climate Change; 4.5 The Problem of Historical Emissions; 4.6 On the Path to a Justice-Based Framework for Global Climate Governance
    Description / Table of Contents: Part II: International Climate Law - Architecture and InstitutionsChapter 5: Foundations of International Climate Law: Objectives, Principles and Methods; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Objective of the Climate Change Regime; 5.2.1 Mitigation Objectives; 5.2.2 Adaptation Objectives; 5.3 Principles of the Climate Change Regime; 5.3.1 State Sovereignty and Responsibility; 5.3.2 Principle of Preventative Action; 5.3.3 Principle of Cooperation; 5.3.4 The Concept of Sustainable Development; 5.3.5 The Precautionary Principle; 5.3.6 The Polluter Pays Principle
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3.7 The Principle of Common But Differentiated Responsibility
    Description / Table of Contents: Table of Contents -- Contributors -- Abbreviations -- 1. Introduction: Climate Change and the Law; Erkki J. Hollo, Kati Kulovesi and Michael Mehling -- Part I: Climate Law as an Emerging Discipline -- 2. Implementing Climate Law: Instrument Choice and Interaction; Michael Mehling -- 3. Exploring the Landscape of Climate Law and Scholarship: Two Emerging Trends; Kati Kulovesi -- 4. Climate Change and Justice: Perspectives of Legal Theory; Felix Ekardt -- Part II: International Climate Law -- Section I: Architecture and Institutions -- 5. Foundations of International Climate Law: Objectives, Principles and Methods; Rowena Maguire -- 6. Alternative Venues of Climate Cooperation: An Institutional Perspective; Camilla Bausch and Michael Mehling -- 7. Analyzing Soft Law and Hard Law in Climate Change; Antto Vihma -- 8. Compliance and Enforcement in the Climate Change Regime; Meinhard Doelle -- Section II: Cross-Cutting Issues -- 9. The New Framework for Climate Finance under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change: A Breakthrough or an Empty Promise?; Yulia Yamineva and Kati Kulovesi -- 10. Climate Justice: The Clean Development Mechanism as a Case Study; Tomilola Eni-ibukun -- 11. Legal Aspects of Climate Change Adaptation; Jonathan Verschuuren -- 12. Climate Change and Human Rights; Timo Koivurova, Sébastien Duyck and Leena Heinämäki -- Section III: Sectoral Issues -- 13.  Managing the Fragmentation of International Climate Law; Harro van Asselt -- 14. No Need to Reinvent the Wheel for a Human Rights-Based Approach to Tackling Climate Change: The Contribution of International Biodiversity Law; Elisa Morgera -- 15. The Role of REDD in the Harmonization of Overlapping International Obligations; Annalisa Savaresi -- 16. Climate Change and Trade: At the Intersection of Two International Legal Regimes; Kati Kulovesi -- 17. Climate Law and Geoengineering; Ralph Bodle -- Part III: Comparative Climate Law -- 18. Climate Law in the United States: Facing Structural and Procedural Barriers; Michael Mehling and David Frenkil -- 19. Canada and the Kyoto Protocol: An Aesop Fable; Jane Matthews Glenn and Jose Otero -- 20. Climate Law in the European Union: Accidental Success or Deliberate Leadership?; Michael Mehling and Kati Kulovesi -- 21. Climate Law in Germany; Felix Ekardt -- 22. Climate Law in the United Kingdom; Colin T. Reid -- 23. Climate Law and Policy in Russia: A Peasant Needs Thunder to Cross Himself and Wonder; Yulia Yamineva -- 24. Australia: From ‘No Regrets’ to A Clean Energy Future?; Sharon Mascher and David Hodgkinson -- 25. Climate Law and Policy in Japan; Hitomi Kimura -- 26. Sustainable Development and Climate Policy and Law in China; Christopher Tung -- 27. India’s Evolving Climate Change Strategy; Namrata Patodia Rastogi -- 28. Climate Change Responses in South Africa; Ed Couzens and Michael Kidd -- 29. Climate Change Policy and Legislation in Brazil; Haroldo Machado Filho -- 30. Climate Law in Latin American Countries; Soledad Aguilar and Eugenia Recio..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    ISBN: 9789400753358 , 1283945002 , 9781283945004
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 229 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Library of Ethics and Applied Philosophy 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; medicine Philosophy ; Public health ; Medicine ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; medicine Philosophy ; Public health ; Medicine
    Abstract: In this book, an international group of philosophers, economists and theologians focus on the relationship between justice, luck and responsibility in health care. Together, they offer a thorough reflection on questions such as: How should we understand justice in health care? Why are health care interests so important that they deserve special protection? How should we value health? What are its functions and do these make it different from other goods? Furthermore, how much equality should there be? Which inequalities in health and health care are unfair and which are simply unfortunate? Which matters of health care belong to the domain of justice, and which to the domain of charity? And to what extent should we allow personal responsibility to play a role in allocating health care services and resources, or in distributing the costs? With this book, the editors meet a double objective. First, they provide a comprehensive philosophical framework for understanding the concepts of justice, luck and responsibility in contemporary health care; and secondly, they explore whether these concepts have practical force to guide normative discussions in specific contexts of health care such as prevention of infectious diseases or in matters of reproductive technology. Particular and extensive attention is paid to issues regarding end-of-life care.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Philosophy of health and health care -- pt. 2. Ethics of end-of-life care.
    Description / Table of Contents: General Introduction -- Justice and Responsibility in Health Care - An Introduction; Yvonne Denier, Chris Gastmans & Antoon Vandevelde -- Part 1: Philosophy of Health and Health Care Injustice and Inequality in Health and Health Care; Daniel M. Hausman -- Affirmative Action in Health; Shlomi Segall -- On Justice, Luck and Moral Responsibility Concerning Prenatal Genetic Diagnosis; Yvonne Denier -- Mutual Moral Obligations in the Prevention of Infectious Diseases; Jeroen Luyten -- Justice and Responsibility in Health, Care General Discussion and Conclusions of Part 1; Antoon Vandevelde -- Part 2: Ethics of End-of-Life Care; Is There a Duty to Die in Europe? If Not Now, When?; John Hardwig -- The Duty to Care. Democratic Equality and Responsibility for End-of-Life Health Care; Martin Gunderson -- Dignity Enhancing Care for Persons with Dementia and its Application to Advance Euthanasia Directives; Chris Gastmans -- The Authority of Advance Directives; Govert den Hartogh -- The Wreckage of Our Flesh. Dementia, Autonomy and Personhood; Thomas Nys -- On the Sacred Character of Human Life and Death; General Discussion and Conclusions of Part 2; Herman De Dijn -- Epilogue -- How to Move Forward?; Paul Schotsmans. Index. .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400761285
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 231 p. 17 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Social morphogenesis
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Konferenzschrift ; Sozialer Wandel
    Abstract: The rate of social change has speeded up in the last three decades, but how do we explain this? This volume ventures what the generative mechanism is that produces such rapid change and discusses how this differs from late Modernity. Contributors examine if an intensification of morphogenesis (positive feedback that results in a change in social form) and a corresponding reduction in morphostasis (negative feedback that restores or reproduces the form of the social order) best captures the process involved. This volume resists proclaiming a new social formation as so many books written by empiricists have done by extrapolating from empirical data. Until we can convincingly demonstrate that a new generative mechanism is at work, it is premature to argue what accounts for the global changes that are taking place and where they will lead. More concisely we seek to answer the question whether or not current social change can be regarded as social morphogenesis. Only then, in the next volumes will the same team of authors be able to remove the question mark
    Description / Table of Contents: Social Morphogenesis; Contents; 1 Social Morphogenesis and the Prospects of Morphogenic Society; 1.1…Part 1. Social Morphogenesis and Societal Transformation?; The Rapidity of Social Change and Empiricism's Shortcomings; Social Morphogenesis: From Toolkit to Theory; Three Levels of Social Morphogenesis; Transformations of the Third-Order; References; Part I Social Morphogenesis and Societal Transformation?; 2 Morphogenesis and Social Change; 2.1…The Morphogenetic Approach; 2.2…Social Change Understood Morphogenetically; 2.3…The Morphogenetic Approach Versus the Current Conflationisms
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4…Where Are We Now?References; 3 The Morphogenetic Approach and the Idea of a Morphogenetic Society: The Role of Regularities; 3.1…The Topic: Morphogenesis from Meta-Theory to Forms of Social Order; 3.2…Morphogenesis and Regularity: Making Friends with Old Enemies?; 3.3…Duration, Pace, Trajectory, Turning Points, Transitions, and Cycles: New Bricks for the Morphogenetic Fabric; 3.4…Conclusion; References; 4 Emergence and Morphogenesis: Causal Reduction and Downward Causation?; 4.1…Emergence; Causal Reduction and Downward Causation; 4.2…Causal Reduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 9 Network Analysis and Morphogenesis: A Neo-Structural Exploration and Illustration
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction: Social Morphogenesis and the Prospects of Morphogenic Society; Margaret S. Archer -- PART I. SOCIAL CHANGE AS MORPHOGENESIS.- Chapter 2. Morphogenesis and Social Change; Douglas V. Porpora -- Chapter 3. The Morphogenetic Approach and the Idea  of Morphogenetic Society. The Role of Regularities; Andrea M. Maccarini -- Chapter 4. Emergence and Morphognesis: Causal Reduction and Downward Causation; Tony Lawson -- Chapter 5 Morphogenesis, Continuity and Change in the International Political System; Colin Wight -- PART II. SOCIAL FORMATIONS AND THEIR RE-FORMATION -- Chapter 6. Self-Organization: What is it, What isn't it and What's it Got to Do with Morphogenesis; Kate Forbes-Pitt -- Chapter 7. Self-Organization as the Mechanism of Development and Evolution in Social Systems; Wolfgang Hofkirchner -- Chapter 8. Morphogenetic Society: Self-Government and Self-Organization as Misleading Metaphors; Maragaret S. Archer.- PART III. SOCIAL NETWORKS: LINKAGES OR BONDS -- Chapter 9. Network Analysis and Morphogenesis: A Neo-Structural Exploration and Illustration; Emmanuel Lazega -- Chapter 10. Authority's Hidden Networks: Obligations, Roles and the Morphogenesis of Authority; Ismael Al-Amoudi -- Chapter 11. Morphogenesis and Social Networks: Relational Steering not Mechanical Feedback; Pierpaolo Donati.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    ISBN: 9789400757219
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 258 p. 135 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Archimedes, New Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology 31
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Meskens, Ad, 1962 - Practical mathematics in a commercial metropolis
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science History ; Architecture ; Science, general ; Science History ; Architecture ; Coignet, Michel, 1549-1623 ; Heyns, Peeter, 1537-1598 ; Mathematics ; Belgium ; Antwerp ; History ; 16th century ; Angewandte Mathematik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Describes the development and the ultimate demise of the practice of mathematics in sixteenth century Antwerp. Against the background of the violent history of the Religious Wars the story of the practice of mathematics in Antwerp is told through the lives of two protagonists Michiel Coignet and Peeter Heyns. The book touches on all aspects of practical mathematics from teaching and instrument making to the practice of building fortifications of the practice of navigation.?
    Abstract: This volumedescribes the development and the ultimate demise of the practice of mathematics in sixteenth century Antwerp. Against the background of the violent history of the Religious Wars the story of the practice of mathematics in Antwerp is told through the lives of two protagonists Michiel Coignet and Peeter Heyns. The book touches on all aspects of practical mathematics from teaching and instrument making to the practice of building fortifications of the practice of navigation.​
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Preface -- 2 Introduction -- 3 The Family Coignet -- 4 Peeter Heyns and the Nymphs of the Laurel Tree -- 5 The Arithmetic Teacher and his School -- 6 The Antwerp arithmetic books -- 7 Winegauging -- 8 Instrumentmakers -- 9 The Art of Navigation -- 10 Mapping the World -- 11 Looking towards the Stars -- 12 Ballistics and fortifications -- 13 Conclusion -- Appendices -- Index.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    ISBN: 9789400760134
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 151 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Theory and Decision Library A:, Rational Choice in Practical Philosophy and Philosophy of Science 45
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer simulation ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of mind ; Computer simulation ; Consciousness
    Abstract: As is well known, cognition is not only a self-organising process. It is also a co-operative and coupled process. If we consider the external environment as a complex, multiple and stratified Source which interacts with the nervous system, we can easily realise that the cognitive activities devoted to the "intelligent" search for the depth information living in the Source, may determine the very change of the complexity conditions according to which the Source progressively expresses its "wild" action. In this sense, simulation models are not neutral or purely speculative: the true cognition actually appears to be necessarily connected with successful forms of reading, those forms, in particular, that permit a specific coherent unfolding of the deep information content of the Source. Therefore, the simulation models, if valid, materialise as "creative" channels, i.e., as autonomous functional systems, as the very roots of a new possible development of the entire system represented by mind and its Reality
    Abstract: As is well known, cognition is not only a self-organising process. It is also a co-operative and coupled process. If we consider the external environment as a complex, multiple and stratified Source which interacts with the nervous system, we can easily realise that the cognitive activities devoted to the "intelligent" search for the depth information living in the Source, may determine the very change of the complexity conditions according to which the Source progressively expresses its "wild" action. In this sense, simulation models are not neutral or purely speculative: the true cognition actually appears to be necessarily connected with successful forms of reading, those forms, in particular, that permit a specific coherent unfolding of the deep information content of the Source. Therefore, the simulation models, if valid, materialise as "creative" channels, i.e., as autonomous functional systems, as the very roots of a new possible development of the entire system represented by mind and its Reality
    Description / Table of Contents: Epistemic Complexity and Knowledge Construction; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Complexity, Self-Organization and Natural Evolution; 1.1 Entropy and the "Intermediate State"; 1.2 Algorithmic Complexity and Self-Referentiality; 1.3 Cellular Automata and Self-Organization; Notes; Chapter 2: Embodiment Processes and Biological Computing; 2.1 The Game of Life and the Alternative Splicing; 2.2 The Interface Between Ruler and Coder; 2.3 The Recipe at Work: The Role of the Simulation Tools at the Evolutionary Level; 2.4 Reflexive Domains vs. Self-Organizing Domains; Notes
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Randomness, Semantic Information and Limitation Procedures3.1 Logic and Probability: The Role of Constituents; 3.2 Semantic Information and Algorithmic Complexity; 3.3 Surface Information vs. Depth Information: The Biological Computer; 3.4 Non-standard Models and Limitation Procedures; Notes; Chapter 4: Natural Language and Boolean Semantics: the Genesis of the Cognitive Code; 4.1 Intensional Language and Natural Logic; 4.2 Logic and Ontology; 4.3 Meaning as Use and the Unfolding of Cognitive Activity; Notes; Chapter 5: Morphogenesis and the Emergence of Meaning
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Eigenforms, Categorial Intuitions and Rational Perception5.2 Meaning Clarification and the "Thinking I"; 5.3 Knowledge and Reality: The Role of Conceptual Constructions; Notes; Bibliography; Name Index; Subject Index
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    ISBN: 9789400761551
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 260 p. 25 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Teichler, Ulrich, 1942 - The changing academic profession
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hochschullehrer ; Arbeitsbedingungen ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: This book provides an overview on the major findings of a questionnaire survey of academic profession in international perspective. More than 25,000 professors and junior staff at universities and other institutions of higher education at almost 20 countries from all over the world provide information on their working situation, their views and activities. The study "The Changing Academic Profession" is the second major study of its kind, and changes of views and activities are presented through a comparison of the findings with those of the earlier study undertaken in the early 1990s. Major themes are the academics' perception of their societal and institutional environments, the views on the major tasks of teaching, research and services, their professional preferences and actual activities, their career, their perceived influence and their overall job satisfaction. Emphasis is placed on the influence of recent changes in higher education: the internationalisation and globalisation, the increasing expectation to provide evidence of the relevance of academic work, and finally the growing power of management at higher education institutions. Overall, the academics surveyed show that worldwide discourses and trends in higher education put their mark on the academic profession, but differences by country continue to be noteworthy. Academics consider themselves to be more strongly exposed to mechanism of regulations, incentives and sanctions as well as various assessments than in the past; yet their own freedom, and responsibilities and influence shape their identity more strongly and are reflected in widespread professional satisfaction. Contents: 1. Introduction. - 2. The Design and Methods of the Comparative Study. - 3. The Variety of Countries Participating in the Comparative Study. - 4. The Academic Career. - 5. Research and Teaching. The Changing Views and Activities of the Academic Profession. - 6. Faculty Perception of the Efficacy of Higher Educational Governance and Management. (HoF/text adopted)
    Description / Table of Contents: About the Authors -- 1. Introduction -- 2. The Design and Methods of the Comparative Study -- 3. The Variety of Countries Participating in the Comparative Study -- 4. The Academic Career -- 5. Research and Teaching: The Changing Views and Activities of the Academic Profession -- 6. Faculty Perceptions of the Efficacy of Higher Educational Governance and Management -- Appendix -- The Changing Academic Profession: Questionnaire.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    ISBN: 9789400762268
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 228 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 19
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Moos, Lejf Transnational influences on values and practices in Nordic educational leadership
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education
    Abstract: This book explores to what extent transnational influences change national/local values and practices in the Nordic educational systems. It provides country cases and thematic chapters that give nuanced insights into the influence of transnational agencies on national governance and discourses. It describes how national discourses and regulation influences school leadership values, culture and practice, in competition with traditional values. The transnational and global discourse on educational leadership is mostly formed according to Anglo-American thinking and tradition. Pivotal foundations of this discourse are strong hierarchical societies/class societies with liberal democracies, and clearly streamed education systems. The Nordic discourse, however, builds on a more equal society and flat hierarchies with participatory democracy, and on comprehensive schooling with strong local community roots. Leadership thinking and practices are formed by the culture and context they are part of: they are primarily shaped by the national/local values, traditions and practices, and only partially shaped by politics, discourses and literature. Due to the fact that a great deal of the literature that is being used in the Nordic contexts is of Anglo-American origin and many of the research projects have Anglo-American foundations, it is difficult to distinguish the sources for leadership thinking and practice. This book distinguishes the Nordic from the Anglo-American thinking and presents important findings and arguments for leadership practitioners inside as well as outside the Nordic countries.​
    Description / Table of Contents: Transnational Influences on Values and Practices in Nordic Educational Leadership; Foreword; John MacBeath: Questions of Culture and Context; Peter Mortimore: Nordic Leadership: Something Worth Keeping; References; Jim Spillane: School Leadership Research Context and the Context of School Leadership; Philip A. Woods: Nordic Culture as a Resource for Adaptive Response; References; Acknowledgements; Content; Contributors; Chapter 1: Prelude : Tuning the Instrument; 1.1 New Discourses Meet Established Structures and Social Capital; 1.2 Global Influences; 1.3 Supra- and Transnational Agencies
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4 Different Societies, Diverse Discourses and Practices1.4.1 Social Differences; 1.4.2 Educational Legacy; 1.5 The Network and the Book; References; Part I: Country Cases; Chapter 2: Denmark: New Links Between Education and Economics; 2.1 Contemporary Governance and Leadership; 2.1.1 From Welfare States to Competitive States; 2.1.2 Changes of Educational Aims; 2.2 Differences Within the Educational System; 2.3 Dominant Discourses, Politics and Practice; 2.3.1 Social Contracts at Multiple Levels; 2.3.2 An Example of a Self-Government Contract; 2.3.3 Influence from a Leadership Perspective
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4 Facts and FiguresReferences; Chapter 3: Educational Leadership in Finland or Building a Nation with Bildung; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Administration and Leadership of Schools and Education; 3.2.1 A Three-Level Model of School Administration; 3.2.2 Building the Nation with Bildung : Grand Duchy of Finland (1809-1917); 3.2.3 The Independent Nation-State (1917-1945); 3.2.4 The Social Democratic Welfare State (1945-1990); 3.2.5 An Analytical Model for Educational Leadership Policy Changes; 3.3 The Social-Liberal Market State (1990-2008); 3.3.1 Implications for Leadership; 3.4 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Transnational Influence and Educational Policy in Iceland; 4.1 Context; 4.2 Issues: Basic Schools; 4.2.1 Accountability: Tests; 4.2.2 Accountability: Evaluation; 4.3 Open Access and School Choice; 4.4 Inclusion: Students with Special Needs; 4.4.1 Inclusion: Immigrant Students; 4.4.2 Consolidation and the Size of Schools; 4.5 Role of Basic School Headmasters: Prospective Changes; 4.6 Concluding Remarks; 4.7 Facts and Figures; References; Chapter 5: Norway: Centralisation and Decentralisation as Twin Reform Strategies; 5.1 The History of the Norwegian Education System
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1.1 A Short Description of the Education System Today5.1.2 Centralisation and Decentralisation as Twin Reform Strategies; 5.2 The Framing of School Leadership; 5.3 The Use of Evaluation and Performance Data as Improvement Strategy; 5.3.1 Aligning Input Governing to Output Measures?; 5.4 Future Trends; Appendix; References; Chapter 6: Sweden: Centralisation and Decentralisation as Implementation Strategies; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Municipalities and Independent Schools; 6.2.1 The Municipalities; 6.2.2 The Independent Schools; 6.3 How the State Steers Education
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4 Cross-Pressures and Challenges for Educational Leadership
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors -- Forewords by John MacBeath, Peter Mortimore, Jim Spillane and Philip Woods -- 1. Prelude - Tuning the Instrument; Lejf Moos -- Part 1. Country Cases. 2. Denmark: New Links between Education and Economics; Lejf Moos, Klaus Kasper Kofod, Katrin Hjort & Peter Henrik Raae -- 3. Educational Leadership in Finland - or Building a Nation with Bildung; Michael Uljens and Cilla Nyman -- 4. Transnational Influence and Educational Policy in Iceland; Börkur Hansen -- 5. Norway: Centralisation and Decentralisation as Twin Reform Strategies; Jorunn Møller and Guri Skedsmo -- 6. Sweden: Centralization and Decentralization as Implementation Strategies; Mikael Holmgren, Olof Johansson & Elisabet Nihlfors -- Part 2. Thematic Chapters -- 7. Independent Schools in Different Nordic Contexts - Implications for School Leadership?; Pia Skott and Klaus Kasper Kofod -- 8. Leadership for Democracy; Lejf Moos, Börkur Hansen, Göran Bjørk & Olof Johansson -- 9. The Professionalization of Nordic School Leadership; Michael Uljens, Jorunn Møller, Helene Ärlestig & Lars Frode Frederiksen -- 10. Successful Nordic School Leadership; Lejf Moos, Olof Johansson & Guri Skedsmo -- 11. Local Decisions under Central Watch - A New Nordic Quality Assurance System; Olof Johansson, Elisabet Nihlfors,  Mikael Holmgren, Lejf Moos, Guri Skedsmo, Jan Merok Paulsen & Mika Risku -- 12. The Nordic Superintendents´ Leadership Roles: Cross National Comparison; Elisabet Nihlfors, Olof Johansson, Lejf Moos, Jan Merok Paulsen & Mika Risku -- 13. Postlude - Wrap up of the Argument; Lejf Moos -- Author Biographies.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400762749
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 269 p. 14 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Environmental, Agricultural and Food Ethics 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Farm economics ; Social sciences ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Farm economics ; Social sciences
    Abstract: This edited volume presents ethical and economic analyses of agrifood competition. By systematically examining fairness and openness in agricultural markets, it seeks to answer the question of whether there is adequate competition in the agrifood industry and whether the system is fair to all participants. It outlines ethical and economic principles important for understanding agrifood competition, presents arguments for and against consolidation, globalization and the integration of agrifood industries, and looks at the implications of globalization on the nature of competition in specific agricultural contexts
    Abstract: This edited volume presents ethical and economic analyses of agrifood competition. By systematically examining fairness and openness in agricultural markets, it seeks to answer the question of whether there is adequate competition in the agrifood industry and whether the system is fair to all participants. It outlines ethical and economic principles important for understanding agrifood competition, presents arguments for and against consolidation, globalization and the integration of agrifood industries, and looks at the implications of globalization on the nature of competition in specific agricultural contexts
    Description / Table of Contents: The Ethics and Economics of Agrifood Competition; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Introduction to the Ethics and Economics of Agrifood Competition: Connotations, Complications and Commentary; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Meaning of Adequacy; 1.3 The Meaning of Fairness; 1.4 Analyses of Agrifood Competition; 1.5 The Lesson; References; Part I Conceptualizing Agrifood Competition; Chapter 2: Conceptualizing Fairness in the Context of Competition: Philosophical Sources; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Fair Treatment and Fair Play; 2.3 Fairness and the Social Contract
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4 Fairness and Efficient Competition2.5 Fairness and Outcomes; 2.6 Fairness and Rules; 2.7 Assessing Fair Competition; 2.8 Fair Agrifood Competition; References; Chapter 3: Are Ethics and Efficiency Locked in Antithesis?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 What Is Ethics?; 3.3 What Is Efficiency?; 3.4 The Relation Between Ethics and Efficiency; 3.4.1 Ethical Duties as a Constraint on Production; 3.4.2 Ethical Consumption and Ethical Production; 3.4.3 Institutionalizing Ethical Considerations in the Sector; 3.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: The Fallacy of "Competition" in Agriculture
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Introduction4.2 The True Central Question of Competition: What Is It?; 4.2.1 The Nature of Competition; 4.2.2 `Free and Fair' Competition; 4.2.2.1 Free Competition; 4.2.2.2 Fair Competition; 4.3 The Problem of Perfect Competition; 4.4 Competition in Agriculture; 4.4.1 The Demise of Competition in Agriculture?; 4.4.2 The Shortcoming of Government Intervention; 4.4.3 Competition in Agriculture Today; 4.4.4 So Whence Concerns About Competition in Agriculture Today?; 4.4.5 What Does This Tell Us About Competition in Agriculture?; 4.4.6 Ethics and the Fallacy of Competition; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Efficiency, Power and Freedom5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Overview; 5.3 Aggregate Economic Efficiency; 5.3.1 The Free Market; 5.4 Morals of Monopoly and Competition; 5.5 Antitrust and Competition Policy; 5.5.1 Collusion in Fixing the Rules of the Marketplace; 5.5.2 Knightian Welfare Economics; 5.5.3 Economic Freedom for Farmers and Ranchers; 5.5.4 Serfdom; 5.5.5 Economic Freedom for Consumers; 5.5.6 Innovation and Democracy; 5.6 Concluding Remarks: Back to the Agrifood System; References; Chapter 6: Networks, Power and Dependency in the Agrifood Industry; 6.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Previous Research on Agrifood Industry Structure6.3 Networks, Dependency and Power; 6.4 Differential Dependencies in Stylized Agrifood Networks; 6.4.1 Broilers; 6.4.2 Beef; 6.4.3 Corn and Soybeans; 6.5 Ethics of Dependency; 6.6 Conclusions; References; Chapter 7: Reaping and Sowing for a Sustainable Future: The Import of Roman Catholic Social Teaching for Agrifood Competition; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Roman Catholic Social Teaching; 7.3 Agrifood Competition in Roman Catholic Social Teaching; 7.3.1 Rerum Novarum (1891); 7.3.2 Quadragesimo Anno (1931); 7.3.3 Excursus: César Chávez
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.3.4 Mater et Magistra (1961)
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    ISBN: 9789400755529 , 1283908689 , 9781283908689
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 117 p. 19 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Pädagogik ; Internet ; Netzwerk
    Abstract: Identifying 'networked flow' as the key driver of networked creativity, this new volume in the Springer Briefs series deploys concepts from a range of sub-disciplines in psychology to suggest ways of optimizing the innovative potential of creative networks. In their analysis of how to support these networks, the contributing authors apply expertise in experimental, social, cultural and educational psychology. They show how developing a creative network requires the establishment of an optimal group experience in which individual intentions inform and guide collective goals. The volume represents a three-fold achievement. It develops a ground-breaking new perspective on group creativity: the notion of 'networked flow' as a bridging concept linking the neuropsychological, psychological and social levels of the creative process. In addition, the authors set out a six-stage model that provides researchers with a methodological framework (also by referring to the social network analysis) for studying the creativity traditionally associated with interpersonal contexts. Finally, the book includes perceptive analysis of the novel possibilities opened up by second-generation internet technologies, particularly in social networking, that seem destined to develop and sustain online creativity. As a wide-ranging exposition of a new direction in theoretical psychology that is laden with exciting possibilities, this volume will inform and inspire professionals, scholars and students alike
    Abstract: Identifying ‘networked flow’ as the key driver of networked creativity, this new volume in the Springer Briefs series deploys concepts from a range of sub-disciplines in psychology to suggest ways of optimizing the innovative potential of creative networks. In their analysis of how to support these networks, the contributing authors apply expertise in experimental, social, cultural and educational psychology. They show how developing a creative network requires the establishment of an optimal group experience in which individual intentions inform and guide collective goals.The volume represents a three-fold achievement. It develops a ground-breaking new perspective on group creativity: the notion of ‘networked flow’ as a bridging concept linking the neuropsychological, psychological and social levels of the creative process. In addition, the authors set out a six-stage model that provides researchers with a methodological framework (also by referring to the social network analysis) for studying the creativity traditionally associated with interpersonal contexts. Finally, the book includes perceptive analysis of the novel possibilities opened up by second-generation internet technologies, particularly in social networking, that seem destined to develop and sustain online creativity. As a wide-ranging exposition of a new direction in theoretical psychology that is laden with exciting possibilities, this volume will inform and inspire professionals, scholars and students alike.
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: From Creativity to Creative Networks Chapter -- 2: The Cognitive Foundations of Networked Flow Chapter -- 3: The Emergence of Networked Flow Chapter -- 4: Analyzing the Experience of Networked Flow through Social Network Analysis​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400742079
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 241 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 356
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Berto, Francesco, 1973 - Existence as a real property
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Ontology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Ontology ; Existenz ; Ontologie ; Meinong, Alexius 1853-1920 ; Ontologie ; Existenz ; Ontologie
    Abstract: This profound exploration of one of the core notions of philosophy-the concept of existence itself-reviews, then counters (via Meinongian theory), the mainstream philosophical view running from Hume to Frege, Russell, and Quine, summarized thus by Kant: “Existence is not a predicate.” The initial section of the book presents a comprehensive introduction to, and critical evaluation of, this mainstream view. The author moves on to provide the first systematic survey of all the main Meinongian theories of existence, which, by contrast, reckon existence to be a real, full-fledged property of objects that some things possess, and others lack. As an influential addition to the research literature, the third part develops the most up-to-date neo-Meinongian theory called Modal Meinongianism, applies it to specific fields such as the ontology of fictional objects, and discusses its open problems, laying the groundwork for further research.In accordance with the latest trends in analytic ontology, the author prioritizes a meta-ontological viewpoint, adopting a dual definition of meta-ontology as the discourse on the meaning of being, and as the discourse on the tools and methods of ontological enquiry. This allows a balanced assessment of philosophical views on a cost-benefit basis, following multiple criteria for theory evaluation. Compelling and revealing, this new publication is a vital addition to contemporary philosophical ontology.
    Description / Table of Contents: Prologue: Much Ado About Nothing -- Acknowledgments -- Existence as Logic -- Chapter 1. The Paradox of Non-Being -- Chapter 2. To Exist and to Count -- Chapter 3. Troubles for the Received View -- Nonexistence -- Chapter 4. Existence As a Real Property -- Chapter 5. Naïve Meinongianism -- Chapter 6. Meinongianisms of The First, Second, and Third Kind -- Close Encounters (with Nonexistents) of the Third Kind -- Chapter 7. Conceiving the Impossible -- Chapter 8. Nonexistents of The Third Kind at Work -- Chapter 9. Open Problems -- References -- Index.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    ISBN: 9789400755963
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 108 p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Sociology
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Hamby, Sherry L. The web of violence
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Social sciences Methodology ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Developmental psychology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Social sciences Methodology ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Developmental psychology ; Gewalttätigkeit ; Risikofaktor ; Korrelation
    Abstract: There is an increasing appreciation of the interconnections among all forms of violence. These interconnections have critical implications for conducting research that can produce valid conclusions about the causes and consequences of abuse, maltreatment, and trauma. The accumulated data on co-occurrence also provide strong evidence that prevention and intervention should be organized around the full context of individuals’ experiences, not narrowly defined subtypes of violence. Managing the flood of new research and practice innovations is a challenge, however. New means of communication and integration are needed to meet this challenge, and the Web of Violence is intended to contribute to this process by serving as a concise overview of the conceptual and empirical work that form a basis for understanding the interconnections across forms of violence throughout the lifespan. It also offers ideas and directions for prevention, intervention, and public policy.A number of initiatives are emerging to integrate the findings on co-occurrence into research and action. The American Psychological Association established a new journal, Psychology of Violence, which is a forum for research on all types of violence. Sherry Hamby is the founding editor and John Grych is associate editor and co-editor of a special issue on the co-occurrence of violence in 2012. Dr. Hamby also is a co-investigator of the National Survey of Children’s Exposure to Violence (NatSCEV), which has drawn attention to polyvictimization. Polyvictimization is a focus of the U.S. Department of Justice’s Defending Childhood Initiative and has recently been featured in calls for grant proposals by the Office of Victims of Crime and National Institutes for Justice.
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈p〉Chapter 1: The Case for Studying Co-Occurrence -- Chapter 2:  Tracing the Threads of the Web: The Epidemiology of Interconnections among Forms of Violence & Victimization -- Chapter 3:  The Causes of Interconnection -- Chapter 4:  A Developmental Perspective on Interconnection -- Chapter 5:  Implications for Research: Toward a more comprehensive understanding of interpersonal violence -- Chapter 6 Implications for Prevention & Intervention: A More Person-Centered Approach -- Chapter 7   Conclusion: Toppling the Silos.〈/p〉.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    ISBN: 9789400753921 , 1283910292 , 9781283910293
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVIII, 240 p. 30 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Naturwissenschaftlicher Unterricht ; Schüler ; Imagination
    Abstract: Researchers agree that schools construct a particular image of science, in which some characteristics are featured while others end up in oblivion. The result is that although most children are likely to be familiar with images of heroic scientists such as Einstein and Darwin, they rarely learn about the messy, day-to-day practice of science in which scientists are ordinary humans. Surprisingly, the process by which this imagination of science in education occurs has rarely been theorized. This is all the more remarkable since great thinkers tend to agree that the formation of images - imagination - is at the root of how human beings modify their material world. Hence this process in school science is fundamental to the way in which scientists, being the successful agents in/of science education, actually create their own scientific enterprise once they take up their professional life.One of the first to examine the topic, this book takes a theoretical approach to understanding the process of imagining science in education. The authors utilize a number of interpretive studies in both science and science education to describe and contrast two opposing forces in the imagination of science in education: epicization and novelization. Currently, they argue, the imagination of science in education is dominated by epicization, which provides an absolute past of scientific heroes and peak discoveries. This opens a distance between students and today’s scientific enterprises, and contrasts sharply with the wider aim of science education to bring the actual world of science closer to students. To better understand how to reach this aim, the authors offer a detailed look at novelization, which is a continuous renewal of narratives that derives from dialogical interaction. The book brings together two hitherto separate fields of research in science education: psychologically informed research on students’ images of science and semiotically informed research on images of science in textbooks. Drawing on a series of studies in which children participate in the imagination of science in and out of the classroom, the authors show how the process of novelization actually occurs in the practice of education and outline the various images of science this process ultimately yields.
    Description / Table of Contents: Imagination of Science in Education; Preface; Contents; Introduction: Imagination, Epicization, and Novelization in Science Education; Part I Epics of Science in Science Education; Chapter 1: The Heroes of Science; Science Curricula and Students' Images of Scientists; Representations of Scientists in Textbooks; Case 1: Louis Pasteur; Narratives, Identity, and Scientific Practice; Cultural-Historical Activity Theory; Common Structures in the Representation of Scientists; Principles of Semiotic Analysis; Deletion of Lives and Works; Case 2: Mendel's Laws; Case 3: Darwin's Voyage
    Description / Table of Contents: Production of Heroic ImagesSo What?; Chapter 2: What Scientific Heroes Are (Not) Doing; Scientists and Cartesian Graphs; Ethnographic Background; Semiological Model of Scientists' Graph Reading; Segmenting Inscriptions: From It to Signifier; Hermeneutic Reading: From Signifier to "Natural Object"; Transparent Reading: Fusion of Signifier and "Natural Object"; Tracking Water; Trajectories: Between Natural Object, Signifiers, and It; The Making of Heroes; Part II A Need for Novelized Images of Science; Chapter 3: Science as One Form of Human Knowing; Multiculturalism Versus Universalism
    Description / Table of Contents: A Need for a Different EpistemologyTEK and Science as Forms of Human Knowledge; Producing Scientific Knowledge/Reducing Local Contexts; Applying Scientific Knowledge/Reducing Local Contexts; Toward a Dialogic Conception of the TEK-Science Relation; Chapter 4: Science as Dynamic Practice; Genomics as a Case of the Dynamics of Science; Capturing the Dynamics of Science; Definitions of Scientific Literacy and the Dynamics of Science; Scientific Literacy as Set of Cognitive Objectives; Scientific Literacy as Individually Constructed Knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: Scientific Literacy as an Emergent Feature of Collective Human ActivityCollective Activity and Students' Agency in Genomics Education; Toward Novelization in Genomics Education; Part III Toward Novelization in/of Science Education; Chapter 5: Scientific Literacy in the Wild; Struggle for Access to the Collective Water Grid; The Birth of a Concept; Repeated Re/definition; Standards Cannot Capture Scientific Literacy in the Wild; Rethinking the Nature of Knowledge and Scientific Literacy; Novelizing "Scientific Literacy"; Chapter 6: Translations of Scientific Practice
    Description / Table of Contents: Research on Students' "Images of Science"Scientific Practice, Human Activity, and "Imagification"; Ethnography of Science and Internship; "Students' Images of Science"; Interpreting Translations of Scientific Practices; How Are "Images of Science" Produced?; Episode 1; Episode 2; Episode 3; Episode 4; The Epic Nature of "Students' Images of Science"; Chapter 7: Place and Chronotope; A Beautiful Marine Park; Place as Problematic; Ecological Place-Based Education; Critical Pedagogy of Place; Place as Voice; Place as Living Entity; Place as Chronotope; The Notion of Chronotope
    Description / Table of Contents: Place as Chronotope
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- INTRODUCTION: Imagination, Epicization, and Novelization in Science Education -- PART I: EPICS OF SCIENCE IN SCIENCE EDUCATION -- 1. The Heroes of Science -- 2. What Scientific Heroes Are (Not) Doing -- PART II: A NEED FOR NOVELIZED IMAGES OF SCIENCE -- 3. Science as One Form of Human Knowing -- 4. Science as Dynamic Practice -- PART III: TOWARD NOVELIZATION IN/OF SCIENCE EDUCATION -- 5. Scientific Literacy in the Wild -- 6. Translations of Scientific Practice -- 7. Place and Chronotope -- PART IV: NOVELIZING DISCOURSE IN SCIENCE EDUCATION -- 8. Science Education for Sustainable Development -- 9. Novelizing Native and Scientific Discourse -- 10. Fullness of Life as a Minimal Novelizing Unit -- CODA: Novelizing the Novelized Image of Science in Education -- References -- Index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400748071
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 313 p. 30 illus., 5 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: International Archives of the History of Ideas Archives internationales d'histoire des idées 208
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Science in the age of Baroque
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; History ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Naturwissenschaften ; Kultur ; Geschichte 1600-1700
    Abstract: This volume examines the New Science of the 17th century in the context of Baroque culture, analysing its emergence as an integral part of the high culture of the period. The collected essays explore themes common to the new practices of knowledge production and the rapidly changing culture surrounding them, as well as the obsessions, anxieties and aspirations they share, such as the foundations of order, the power and peril of mediation and the conflation of the natural and the artificial. The essays also take on the historiographical issues involved: the characterization of culture in general and culture of knowledge in particular; the use of generalizations like ‘Baroque’ and the status of such categories; and the role of these in untangling the historical complexities of the tumultuous 17th century. The canonical protagonists of the ‘Scientific Revolution’ are considered, and so are some obscure and suppressed figures: Galileo side by side with Scheiner;Torricelli together with Kircher; Newton as well as Scilla. The coupling of Baroque and Science defies both the still-triumphalist historiographies of the Scientific Revolution and the slight embarrassment that the Baroque represents for most cultural-national histories of Western Europe. It signals a methodological interest in tensions and dilemmas rather than self-affirming narratives of success and failure, and provides an opportunity for reflective critique of our historical categories which is valuable in its own right.
    Description / Table of Contents: Science in the Age of Baroque; Contents; Chapter 1: Baroque Modes and the Production of Knowledge; Introduction: The Great Opposition; The Papers 2 : Shades of Baroque; Conclusion: Dilemmas and Anxieties; Notes; References; Part I: Order; Chapter 2: What Was the Relation of Baroque Culture to the Trajectory of Early Modern Natural Philosophy?; Introduction: Thinking About "Baroque Science"; Constructing the Category of Natural Philosophy-Natural Philosophising as Culture and Process
    Description / Table of Contents: Phases and Stages in the 'Scientific Revolution' Seen as an Unfolding Process in the Field of Natural PhilosophisingThe Dynamics and Rules of Natural Philosophical Contestation During the 'Crisis Within a Crisis' Phase; Articulation on Subordinate Disciplines: Grammar and Specific Utterance; Find or Steal Discoveries, Novelties or Facts, Including Experimental Ones; Bend or Brake Aristotle's Rules About Mathematics and Natural Philosophy: The Gambit of 'Physico-mathematics'; "Hot Spots" of Articulation Contest: Additional Causes and Effects of a Field in Crisis
    Description / Table of Contents: The Mechanics of Responding to 'Outside' Challenges and OpportunitiesRecruitment of Baroque Behaviours, Norms and Identities?; An Additional, Surprising, Conjectural Finding; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: "Bent and Directed Towards Him": A Stylistic Analysis of Kircher's Sunflower Clock; Kircher's Sunflower Clock Reassessed; The Baroque Style; The Problem of Style; The Baroque Problem; A Stylistic Analysis; Clocks; Magnetism; Sunflowers; A Baroque Instrument; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: From Divine Order to Human Approximation: Mathematics in Baroque Science; Kepler and Newton
    Description / Table of Contents: Kepler and PerfectionNewton and the Moving Aphelia; Kepler's ISL; The ISL After Kepler; Newton's ISL; Conclusion; References; Part II: Vision; Chapter 5: "The Quality of Nothing:" Shakespearean Mirrors and Kepler's Visual Economy of Science; Introduction; Shakespearean Mirrors and the End of Renaissance Science; Kepler's Astronomical Speculations, Aristotelian Metabasis and Renaissance Imagination; Keplerian Shadows on a Wall; Towards Baroque Modes of Observation; References; Chapter 6: Agostino Scilla: A Baroque Painter in Pursuit of Science; Introduction; The Making of a Learned Painter
    Description / Table of Contents: From Messina to RomeThe Genesis of a Scientific Conversation; Seeing Fossils Like a Painter; References; Chapter 7: What Exactly Was Torricelli's "Barometer?"; Introduction; "Torricelli's Barometer:" The Extant Sources; Rethinking Torricelli's Esperienza of 1644; Torricelli's Mercury Esperienza as Baroque Performance; Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: William Harvey and the Way of the Artisan; Introduction; Harvey's Way of Inquiry; The Problem of Inquiry; The Priority of Experience; The Way of the Artisan; The Particular; Apprenticeship and Experience; Artisans and Trust
    Description / Table of Contents: William Harvey and the Way of the Artisan
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Ofer Gal and Raz Chen Morris: Baroque Modes and the Production of Knowledge -- A. Order -- 2. John Schuster: What Was the Relation of Baroque Culture to the Trajectory of Early Modern Natural Philosophy? -- 3. Koen Vermeir: “Bent And Directed Towards Him:” A Baroque Perspective on Kircher’s Sunflower Clock -- 4. Ofer Gal: From Divine Order to Human Approximation: Mathematics in Baroque Science -- B. Vision -- 5. Raz Chen-Morris: “The Quality of Nothing,” Or Kepler's Visual Economy of Science -- 6. Paula Findlen: Agostino Scilla:  A Baroque Painter in Pursuit of Science -- 7. J.B. Shank: What Exactly Was “Torricelli’s Barometer?” -- 8. Alan Salter: William Harvey and the Way of the Artisan -- C. Excess -- 9. John Gascoigne: Crossing the Pillars of Hercules: Francis Bacon, the Scientific Revolution and the New World -- 10. Nicholas Dew: The Hive and the Pendulum: Universal Metrology and Baroque Science.-11. Victor Boantza: Chymical Philosophy and Boyle’s Incongruous Philosophical Chymistry.-12 Rivka Feldhay: The Simulation of Nature and the Dissimulation of the Law on a Baroque Stage: Galileo and the Church Revisited​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...